]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Fix a conflict between the linker's need to rename some PE format input libraries...
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bool map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
73 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
74 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
75 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
76 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
77
78 /* Forward declarations. */
79 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
80 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
81 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
82 static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
83 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
84 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
86 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
87 static void print_statements (void);
88 static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
89 static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
91 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
92 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
93 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
94 static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
95
96 /* Exported variables. */
97 const char *output_target;
98 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
99 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
100 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
101 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
102 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
103 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
104 lang_statement_union). */
105 lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bool entry_from_cmdline;
126 bool lang_has_input_file = false;
127 bool had_output_filename = false;
128 bool lang_float_flag = false;
129 bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bool
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bool match = false;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = true;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bool
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return true;
263
264 return false;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bool
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return true;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return true;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return true;
301 }
302
303 return false;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bool skip = false;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bool multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bool
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = true;
380 return true;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return false;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bool *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, false };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bool
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bool
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return false;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return false;
427
428 return true;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 lang_input_statement_type *file,
570 void *output)
571 {
572 lang_section_bst_type *node;
573 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
574 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
575
576 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
577
578 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
579 return;
580
581 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
582 node->left = 0;
583 node->right = 0;
584 node->section = section;
585 node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bool multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bool multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bool multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bool multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
772
773 if (!skip)
774 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
775 data);
776 else
777 {
778 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
779 if (!skip)
780 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
781 callback, data);
782 }
783 }
784 }
785 }
786
787 static void
788 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
789 lang_input_statement_type *file,
790 callback_t callback,
791 void *data)
792 {
793 if (file->flags.just_syms)
794 return;
795
796 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
797 }
798
799 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
800 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
801 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
802 first wildcard character. */
803
804 static bool
805 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
806 {
807 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
808 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
809 size_t min_prefix_len;
810
811 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
812 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
813 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
814 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
815 prefix1_len++;
816 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
817 prefix2_len++;
818
819 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
820
821 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
822 }
823
824 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
825 statements. */
826
827 static void
828 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
829 {
830 int sec_count = 0;
831 int wild_name_count = 0;
832 struct wildcard_list *sec;
833 int signature;
834 int data_counter;
835
836 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
837 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
838 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
841 ptr->tree = NULL;
842
843 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
844 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
845 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
846 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
847 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
848 ending in a single '*'. */
849 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
850 {
851 ++sec_count;
852 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
853 return;
854 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
855 {
856 ++wild_name_count;
857 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
858 return;
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
863 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
864 happen in practice. */
865 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
866 return;
867
868 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
869 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
870 {
871 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
872 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
873 {
874 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
875 return;
876 }
877 }
878
879 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
880 switch (signature)
881 {
882 case 0x0100:
883 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
884 break;
885 case 0x0101:
886 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
887 break;
888 case 0x0201:
889 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
890 break;
891 case 0x0302:
892 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
893 break;
894 case 0x0402:
895 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
896 break;
897 default:
898 return;
899 }
900
901 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
902 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
903 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
904 given order, because we've already determined that no section
905 will match more than one spec. */
906 data_counter = 0;
907 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
908 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
909 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
910 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
911 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
912 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
913 }
914
915 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
916
917 static void
918 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
919 lang_input_statement_type *f,
920 callback_t callback,
921 void *data)
922 {
923 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
924 return;
925
926 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
927 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
928 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
929 else
930 {
931 bfd *member;
932
933 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
934 archive separately. */
935 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
936 while (member != NULL)
937 {
938 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
939 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
940 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
941 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
942 lang_input_statement. */
943 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
944 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
945
946 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
947 }
948 }
949 }
950
951 static void
952 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
953 {
954 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
955 char *p;
956
957 if (file_spec == NULL)
958 {
959 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
963 }
964 }
965 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
966 {
967 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
968 {
969 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
970 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
971 }
972 }
973 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
974 {
975 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
976 {
977 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
978 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
979 }
980 }
981 else
982 {
983 lang_input_statement_type *f;
984
985 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
986 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
987 if (f)
988 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
989 }
990 }
991
992 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
993 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
994 with constraint set to -1. */
995
996 void
997 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
998 lang_statement_union_type *s)
999 {
1000 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1001 {
1002 func (s);
1003
1004 switch (s->header.type)
1005 {
1006 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1007 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1008 break;
1009 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1010 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1011 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1012 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1013 break;
1014 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1015 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1016 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1017 break;
1018 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1019 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1020 s->group_statement.children.head);
1021 break;
1022 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1023 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_input_section_enum:
1028 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1029 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1034 break;
1035 default:
1036 FAIL ();
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
1041
1042 void
1043 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1044 {
1045 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1046 }
1047
1048 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1049
1050 void
1051 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 list->head = NULL;
1054 list->tail = &list->head;
1055 }
1056
1057 static void
1058 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1059 void *element,
1060 void *field)
1061 {
1062 *(list->tail) = element;
1063 list->tail = field;
1064 }
1065
1066 void
1067 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1068 {
1069 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1070 abort ();
1071 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1072 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1073 }
1074
1075 void
1076 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1077 {
1078 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1079 abort ();
1080 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1084
1085 static lang_statement_union_type *
1086 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1087 size_t size,
1088 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1089 {
1090 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1091
1092 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1093 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1094 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1095 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1096 return new_stmt;
1097 }
1098
1099 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1100 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1101 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1102
1103 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1104 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1105 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1106 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1107
1108 static lang_input_statement_type *
1109 new_afile (const char *name,
1110 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1111 const char *target,
1112 const char *from_filename)
1113 {
1114 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1115
1116 lang_has_input_file = true;
1117
1118 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1119 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1120 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1121 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1122 p->target = target;
1123 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1124 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1126 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1127 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1128 p->sort_key = NULL;
1129
1130 switch (file_type)
1131 {
1132 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1133 p->filename = name;
1134 p->local_sym_name = name;
1135 p->flags.real = true;
1136 p->flags.just_syms = true;
1137 break;
1138 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1139 p->filename = name;
1140 p->local_sym_name = name;
1141 break;
1142 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1143 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1144 {
1145 p->filename = name + 1;
1146 p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
1147 }
1148 else
1149 p->filename = name;
1150 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1151 p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
1152 p->flags.real = true;
1153 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1154 break;
1155 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1156 p->filename = name;
1157 p->local_sym_name = name;
1158 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1159 break;
1160 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1161 p->filename = name;
1162 p->local_sym_name = name;
1163 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1164 script first. */
1165 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1166 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1167 p->flags.real = true;
1168 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1169 break;
1170 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1171 p->filename = name;
1172 p->local_sym_name = name;
1173 p->flags.real = true;
1174 break;
1175 default:
1176 FAIL ();
1177 }
1178
1179 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1180 return p;
1181 }
1182
1183 lang_input_statement_type *
1184 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1185 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1186 const char *target)
1187 {
1188 if (name != NULL
1189 && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1190 {
1191 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1192 char *sysrooted_name
1193 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1194 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1195 (const char *) NULL);
1196
1197 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1198 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1199 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1200 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1201 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1202 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1203 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1204 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1205 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1206 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1207 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1208 return ret;
1209 }
1210
1211 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1212 }
1213
1214 struct out_section_hash_entry
1215 {
1216 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1217 lang_statement_union_type s;
1218 };
1219
1220 /* The hash table. */
1221
1222 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1223
1224 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1225 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1226
1227 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1228 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1229 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1230 const char *string)
1231 {
1232 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1233 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1234
1235 if (entry == NULL)
1236 {
1237 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1238 sizeof (*ret));
1239 if (entry == NULL)
1240 return entry;
1241 }
1242
1243 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1244 if (entry == NULL)
1245 return entry;
1246
1247 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1248 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1249 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1252 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1253 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1254 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1255
1256 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1257 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1258 field of the last element of the list. */
1259 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1260 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1261 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1262 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1263 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1264
1265 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1266 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1267 instead. */
1268 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1269 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1270 return &ret->root;
1271 }
1272
1273 static void
1274 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1275 {
1276 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1277 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1278 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1279 61))
1280 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1281 }
1282
1283 static void
1284 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1285 {
1286 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1290
1291 void
1292 lang_init (void)
1293 {
1294 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1295
1296 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1297
1298 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1299
1300 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1301
1302 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1303 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1304 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1305 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1306 NULL);
1307 abs_output_section =
1308 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
1309
1310 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1311
1312 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1313 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1314 }
1315
1316 void
1317 lang_finish (void)
1318 {
1319 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1320 }
1321
1322 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1323 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1324 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1325 syntax.
1326
1327 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1328
1329 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1330 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1331
1332 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1333 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1334 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1335 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1336 and so we issue a warning.
1337
1338 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1339 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1340 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1341 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1342 region. */
1343
1344 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1345 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1346 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1347
1348 lang_memory_region_type *
1349 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
1350 {
1351 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1354
1355 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1356 if (name == NULL)
1357 return NULL;
1358
1359 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1360 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1361 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1362 {
1363 if (create)
1364 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1365 NULL, name);
1366 return r;
1367 }
1368
1369 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1370 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1371 NULL, name);
1372
1373 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1374
1375 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1376 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1377 new_region->next = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1379 new_region->origin = 0;
1380 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1381 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1382 new_region->current = 0;
1383 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1384 new_region->flags = 0;
1385 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1386 new_region->had_full_message = false;
1387
1388 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1389 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1390
1391 return new_region;
1392 }
1393
1394 void
1395 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1396 {
1397 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1399 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1400
1401 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1402 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1403 the default memory region. */
1404 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1405 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1406 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1407
1408 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1409 in use. */
1410 region = NULL;
1411 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1412 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1413 {
1414 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1415 region = r;
1416 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1417 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1418 "alias `%s'\n"),
1419 NULL, alias);
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1423 if (region == NULL)
1424 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1425 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1426 NULL, region_name, alias);
1427
1428 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1429 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1430 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1431 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1432 region->name_list.next = n;
1433 }
1434
1435 static lang_memory_region_type *
1436 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1437 {
1438 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1439
1440 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1441
1442 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1443 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1444 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1445
1446 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1447 {
1448 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1449 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1450 {
1451 return p;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
1455 }
1456
1457 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1458
1459 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1460 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1461 {
1462 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1463 }
1464
1465 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1466 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1467 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
1468 no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
1469 when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
1470 always make a new output_section_statement. */
1471
1472 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1473 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1474 int constraint,
1475 int create)
1476 {
1477 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1478
1479 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1480 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1481 create != 0, false));
1482 if (entry == NULL)
1483 {
1484 if (create)
1485 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1486 return NULL;
1487 }
1488
1489 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1490 {
1491 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1492 constraint. */
1493 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1494
1495 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1496 do
1497 {
1498 if (create != 2
1499 && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1500 && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1501 || (constraint == 0
1502 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
1503 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1504 last_ent = entry;
1505 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1506 }
1507 while (entry != NULL
1508 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1509
1510 if (!create)
1511 return NULL;
1512
1513 entry
1514 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1515 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1516 &output_section_statement_table,
1517 name));
1518 if (entry == NULL)
1519 {
1520 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1521 return NULL;
1522 }
1523 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1524 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1525 }
1526
1527 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1528 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1529 entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
1530 || constraint == SPECIAL);
1531 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1532 }
1533
1534 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1535 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1536 match any non-negative constraint. */
1537
1538 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1539 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1540 int constraint)
1541 {
1542 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1544 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1545 ((char *) os
1546 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1547 const char *name = os->name;
1548
1549 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1550 do
1551 {
1552 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1553 if (entry == NULL
1554 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1555 return NULL;
1556 }
1557 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1558 && (constraint != 0
1559 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1560
1561 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1565 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1566 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1567 sets *EXACT too. */
1568
1569 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1570 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1571 flagword sec_flags,
1572 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1573 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1574 {
1575 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1576 flagword look_flags, differ;
1577
1578 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1579 skip it. */
1580 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1581 first = first->next;
1582
1583 /* First try for an exact match. */
1584 found = NULL;
1585 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1586 {
1587 look_flags = look->flags;
1588 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1591 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1592 look->bfd_section,
1593 sec->owner, sec))
1594 continue;
1595 }
1596 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1597 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1598 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1599 found = look;
1600 }
1601 if (found != NULL)
1602 {
1603 if (exact != NULL)
1604 *exact = found;
1605 return found;
1606 }
1607
1608 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1612 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1613 {
1614 look_flags = look->flags;
1615 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1616 {
1617 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1618 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1619 look->bfd_section,
1620 sec->owner, sec))
1621 continue;
1622 }
1623 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1624 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1625 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1626 found = look;
1627 }
1628 }
1629 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1630 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1631 {
1632 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1633 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1634 {
1635 look_flags = look->flags;
1636 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1637 {
1638 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1639 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1640 look->bfd_section,
1641 sec->owner, sec))
1642 continue;
1643 }
1644 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1645 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1646 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1647 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1648 | SEC_READONLY))
1649 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1650 found = look;
1651 }
1652 }
1653 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1654 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1655 {
1656 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1657 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1658 bool seen_thread_local = false;
1659
1660 match_type = NULL;
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1666
1667 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1668 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1669 {
1670 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1671 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1672 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1673 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1674 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1675 previous section. */
1676 break;
1677 found = look;
1678 seen_thread_local = true;
1679 }
1680 else if (seen_thread_local)
1681 break;
1682 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1683 found = look;
1684 }
1685 }
1686 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1687 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1688 {
1689 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1690 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1691 {
1692 look_flags = look->flags;
1693 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1694 {
1695 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1696 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1697 look->bfd_section,
1698 sec->owner, sec))
1699 continue;
1700 }
1701 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1702 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1703 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1704 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1705 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1706 found = look;
1707 }
1708 }
1709 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1710 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1711 {
1712 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1713 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1714 {
1715 look_flags = look->flags;
1716 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1717 {
1718 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1719 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1720 look->bfd_section,
1721 sec->owner, sec))
1722 continue;
1723 }
1724 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1725 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1726 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1727 found = look;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1731 {
1732 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1733 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1734 {
1735 look_flags = look->flags;
1736 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1737 {
1738 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1739 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1740 look->bfd_section,
1741 sec->owner, sec))
1742 continue;
1743 }
1744 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1745 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1746 found = look;
1747 }
1748 }
1749 else
1750 {
1751 /* non-alloc go last. */
1752 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1753 {
1754 look_flags = look->flags;
1755 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1756 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1757 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1758 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1759 found = look;
1760 }
1761 return found;
1762 }
1763
1764 if (found || !match_type)
1765 return found;
1766
1767 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1768 }
1769
1770 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1771 Used by place_orphan. */
1772
1773 static asection *
1774 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1775 {
1776 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1777
1778 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1779 {
1780 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1781 continue;
1782
1783 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1784 return lookup->bfd_section;
1785 }
1786
1787 return NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1791 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1792 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1793 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1794 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1795 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1796 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1797 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1798 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1799 image symbols. */
1800
1801 static lang_statement_union_type **
1802 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1803 {
1804 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1805 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1806 bool ignore_first;
1807
1808 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1809
1810 for (where = &after->header.next;
1811 *where != NULL;
1812 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1813 {
1814 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1815 {
1816 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1817 if (assign == NULL)
1818 {
1819 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1820
1821 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1822 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1824 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1825 {
1826 if (!ignore_first)
1827 assign = where;
1828 ignore_first = false;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 continue;
1832 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_input_section_enum:
1834 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1839 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1840 assign = NULL;
1841 ignore_first = false;
1842 continue;
1843 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1844 if (assign != NULL)
1845 {
1846 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1847
1848 if (s == NULL
1849 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1850 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1851 where = assign;
1852 }
1853 break;
1854 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1859 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1860 continue;
1861 }
1862 break;
1863 }
1864
1865 return where;
1866 }
1867
1868 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1869 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1870 const char *secname,
1871 int constraint,
1872 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1873 struct orphan_save *place,
1874 etree_type *address,
1875 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1876 {
1877 lang_statement_list_type add;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1879 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1880
1881 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1882 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1883 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1884 if (after != NULL)
1885 {
1886 lang_list_init (&add);
1887 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1888 }
1889
1890 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1891 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1892 address = exp_intop (0);
1893
1894 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1895 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (
1896 secname, address, normal_section, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1897
1898 if (add_child == NULL)
1899 add_child = &os->children;
1900 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
1901
1902 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1903 {
1904 const char *region = (after->region
1905 ? after->region->name_list.name
1906 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1907 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1908 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1909 : NULL);
1910 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1911 lma_region);
1912 }
1913 else
1914 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1915 NULL);
1916
1917 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1918 if (after != NULL)
1919 pop_stat_ptr ();
1920
1921 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1922 {
1923 asection *snew, *as;
1924 bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1925 bool insert_after = true;
1926
1927 snew = os->bfd_section;
1928
1929 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1930 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1931 if (place->section == NULL
1932 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1933 {
1934 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1935
1936 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1937 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1938 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1939 output section. */
1940 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1941 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1942
1943 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1944 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1945 }
1946
1947 if (place->section == NULL)
1948 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1949
1950 as = *place->section;
1951
1952 if (!as)
1953 {
1954 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1955
1956 /* Unlink the section. */
1957 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1958
1959 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1960 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1961 }
1962 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1963 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1964 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1965 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1966 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1967 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1968 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1969 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1970 {
1971 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1972 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1973 section after a note section, */
1974 asection *sec;
1975 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1976 should be placed. */
1977 asection *after_sec;
1978 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1979 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1980 bool after_sec_note = false;
1981
1982 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1983
1984 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1985 ascending order. */
1986 after_sec = NULL;
1987 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1988 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1989 {
1990 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1991 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1992 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1993
1994 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1995 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1996 (sec != NULL
1997 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1998 sec = sec->next)
1999 if (sec != snew
2000 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2001 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2002 {
2003 if (!first_orphan_note)
2004 first_orphan_note = sec;
2005 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2006 after_sec = sec;
2007 }
2008 else if (first_orphan_note)
2009 {
2010 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2011 orphan note section. */
2012 break;
2013 }
2014
2015 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2016 be placed at the default location. */
2017 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2018 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2019 {
2020 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2021 alignments, place the section before all
2022 output orphan note sections. */
2023 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2024 insert_after = false;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 else if (first_orphan_note)
2028 {
2029 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2030 note sections. */
2031 after_sec_note = true;
2032 after_sec = as;
2033 for (sec = as->next;
2034 (sec != NULL
2035 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2036 sec = sec->next)
2037 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2038 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2039 after_sec = sec;
2040 }
2041
2042 if (after_sec_note)
2043 {
2044 if (after_sec)
2045 {
2046 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2047 statement. */
2048 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2049 bool found = false;
2050 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2051 {
2052 next = stmt->next;
2053 if (insert_after)
2054 {
2055 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2056 {
2057 place_after = true;
2058 found = true;
2059 after = stmt;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 }
2063 else
2064 {
2065 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2066 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2067 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2068 {
2069 place_after = true;
2070 found = true;
2071 after = stmt;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2078 statement. */
2079 if (!found)
2080 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2081 {
2082 if (insert_after)
2083 {
2084 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2085 {
2086 place_after = true;
2087 after = stmt;
2088 break;
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else
2092 {
2093 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2094 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2095 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2096 {
2097 place_after = true;
2098 after = stmt;
2099 break;
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103 }
2104
2105 if (after_sec == NULL
2106 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2107 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2108 {
2109 /* Unlink the section. */
2110 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2111
2112 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2113 prepend SNEW. */
2114 if (after_sec)
2115 {
2116 if (insert_after)
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2118 after_sec, snew);
2119 else
2120 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2121 after_sec, snew);
2122 }
2123 else
2124 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2125 }
2126 }
2127 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2128 {
2129 /* Unlink the section. */
2130 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2131
2132 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2133 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2134 as, snew);
2135 }
2136 }
2137 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2138 {
2139 /* Unlink the section. */
2140 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2141
2142 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2143 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2144 }
2145
2146 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2147 follow the one we've just added. */
2148 place->section = &snew->next;
2149
2150 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2151 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2152 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2153 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2154 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2155 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2156 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2157 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2158 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2159 if (add.head != NULL)
2160 {
2161 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2162
2163 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2164 if (place_after)
2165 {
2166 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2167
2168 *add.tail = *where;
2169 *where = add.head;
2170
2171 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2172 }
2173 else
2174 {
2175 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2176 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2177 *place->stmt = add.head;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2181 new list at the tail. */
2182 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2183 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2184
2185 /* Save the end of this list. */
2186 place->stmt = add.tail;
2187
2188 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2189 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2190 *os_tail = NULL;
2191 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2192 ((char *) place->os_tail
2193 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2194 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2195 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2196 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2197 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2198 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2199
2200 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2201 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2202 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2203 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2204 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2205 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2206 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2207 }
2208 }
2209 return os;
2210 }
2211
2212 static void
2213 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2214 {
2215 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2216
2217 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2218 return;
2219
2220 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2221
2222 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2223 {
2224 size_t len;
2225
2226 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2227 len = strlen (m->soname);
2228
2229 if (len >= 29)
2230 {
2231 print_nl ();
2232 len = 0;
2233 }
2234 while (len < 30)
2235 {
2236 print_space ();
2237 ++len;
2238 }
2239
2240 if (m->ref != NULL)
2241 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2242 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2243 }
2244 }
2245
2246 static void
2247 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2248 {
2249 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2250 minfo ("a");
2251
2252 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2253 minfo ("x");
2254
2255 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2256 minfo ("r");
2257
2258 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2259 minfo ("w");
2260
2261 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2262 minfo ("l");
2263 }
2264
2265 void
2266 lang_map (void)
2267 {
2268 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2269 bool dis_header_printed = false;
2270
2271 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2272 {
2273 asection *s;
2274
2275 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2276 || file->flags.just_syms)
2277 continue;
2278
2279 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2280 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2281 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2282 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2283 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2284 {
2285 if (! dis_header_printed)
2286 {
2287 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2288 dis_header_printed = true;
2289 }
2290
2291 print_input_section (s, true);
2292 }
2293 }
2294
2295 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2296 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2297 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2298
2299 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2300 {
2301 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2302
2303 minfo ("0x%V 0x%V", m->origin, m->length);
2304 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2305 {
2306 #ifndef BFD64
2307 minfo (" ");
2308 #endif
2309 if (m->flags)
2310 {
2311 print_space ();
2312 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2313 }
2314
2315 if (m->not_flags)
2316 {
2317 minfo (" !");
2318 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2319 }
2320 }
2321
2322 print_nl ();
2323 }
2324
2325 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2326
2327 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2328 {
2329 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2330 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2331 }
2332 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2333 lang_statement_iteration++;
2334 print_statements ();
2335
2336 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2337 config.map_file);
2338 }
2339
2340 static bool
2341 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2342 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2343 {
2344 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2345 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2346 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2347 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2348 {
2349 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2350 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2351
2352 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2353 if (!ud)
2354 {
2355 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2356 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2357 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2358 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2359 }
2360 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2361 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2362
2363 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2364 def->entry = hash_entry;
2365 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2366 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2367 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2368 }
2369 return true;
2370 }
2371
2372 /* Initialize an output section. */
2373
2374 static void
2375 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2376 {
2377 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2378 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2379
2380 if (!s->dup_output)
2381 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2382 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2383 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2384 s->name, flags);
2385 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2386 {
2387 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2388 " called %s: %E\n"),
2389 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2390 }
2391 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2392 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2393
2394 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2395 statement to avoid lookup. */
2396 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2397
2398 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2399 mention are initialized. */
2400 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2401 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2402
2403 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2404 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2405
2406 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2407 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2408 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2409 "section alignment");
2410 }
2411
2412 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2413 initialized. */
2414
2415 static void
2416 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2417 {
2418 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2419 {
2420 case etree_assign:
2421 case etree_provide:
2422 case etree_provided:
2423 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2424 break;
2425
2426 case etree_binary:
2427 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2428 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2429 break;
2430
2431 case etree_trinary:
2432 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2433 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2434 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2435 break;
2436
2437 case etree_assert:
2438 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2439 break;
2440
2441 case etree_unary:
2442 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2443 break;
2444
2445 case etree_name:
2446 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2447 {
2448 case ADDR:
2449 case LOADADDR:
2450 {
2451 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2452
2453 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2454 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2455 init_os (os, 0);
2456 }
2457 }
2458 break;
2459
2460 default:
2461 break;
2462 }
2463 }
2464 \f
2465 static void
2466 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2467 {
2468 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2469
2470 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2471 discard all sections. */
2472 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2473 {
2474 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2475 return;
2476 }
2477
2478 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2479 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2480 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2481 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2482 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2483
2484 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2485 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2486 }
2487 \f
2488
2489 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2490 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2491
2492 static bool
2493 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2494 {
2495 bool discard;
2496 flagword flags = section->flags;
2497
2498 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2499 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2500
2501 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2502 sections from within the group. */
2503 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2504 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2505 discard = true;
2506
2507 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2508 information. */
2509 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2510 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2511 discard = true;
2512
2513 return discard;
2514 }
2515
2516 /* The wild routines.
2517
2518 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2519 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2520 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2521
2522 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2523 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2524
2525 void
2526 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2527 asection *section,
2528 struct wildcard_list *pattern,
2529 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2530 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2531 {
2532 flagword flags = section->flags;
2533
2534 bool discard;
2535 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2536 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2537
2538 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2539 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2540
2541 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2542 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2543 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2544 discard = true;
2545
2546 if (discard)
2547 {
2548 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2549 {
2550 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2551 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2552 }
2553 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2554 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2555 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2556 NULL, section, section->owner);
2557
2558 return;
2559 }
2560
2561 if (sflag_info)
2562 {
2563 bool keep;
2564
2565 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2566 if (!keep)
2567 return;
2568 }
2569
2570 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2571 {
2572 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2573 return;
2574
2575 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2576 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2577 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2578 return;
2579
2580 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2581 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2582 later. */
2583 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2584 return;
2585
2586 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2587 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2588 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2589 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2590 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2591 output->bfd_section);
2592
2593 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2594 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2595 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2596 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2597 }
2598
2599 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2600 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2601 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2602 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2603 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2604 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2605 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2606
2607 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2608 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2609 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2610 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2611 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2612 {
2613 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2614 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2615 else
2616 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2617 }
2618 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2619 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2620
2621 switch (output->sectype)
2622 {
2623 case normal_section:
2624 case overlay_section:
2625 case first_overlay_section:
2626 case type_section:
2627 break;
2628 case noalloc_section:
2629 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2630 break;
2631 case typed_readonly_section:
2632 case readonly_section:
2633 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2634 break;
2635 case noload_section:
2636 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2637 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2638 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2639 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2640 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2641 section. */
2642 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2643 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2644 else
2645 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2646 break;
2647 }
2648
2649 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2650 init_os (output, flags);
2651
2652 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2653 it from the output section. */
2654 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2655
2656 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2657 {
2658 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2659 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2660
2661 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2662 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2663 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2664 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2665 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2666 {
2667 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2668 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2669 }
2670 }
2671 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2672
2673 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2674 {
2675 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2676 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2677 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2678 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2679 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2680 link_info.output_bfd,
2681 output->bfd_section,
2682 &link_info);
2683 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2684 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2685 }
2686
2687 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2688 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2689 {
2690 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2691 output->block_value = 128;
2692 }
2693
2694 /* When a .ctors section is placed in .init_array it must be copied
2695 in reverse order. Similarly for .dtors. Set that up. */
2696 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
2697 && ((startswith (section->name, ".ctors")
2698 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".init_array") == 0)
2699 || (startswith (section->name, ".dtors")
2700 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".fini_array") == 0))
2701 && (section->name[6] == 0 || section->name[6] == '.'))
2702 section->flags |= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY;
2703
2704 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2705 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2706
2707 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2708
2709 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2710 {
2711 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2712 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2713 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2714 section->map_tail.s = s;
2715 if (s != NULL)
2716 s->map_head.s = section;
2717 else
2718 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2719 }
2720
2721 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2722 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2723 new_section->section = section;
2724 new_section->pattern = pattern;
2725 }
2726
2727 /* PE puts the sort key in the input statement. */
2728
2729 static const char *
2730 sort_filename (bfd *abfd)
2731 {
2732 lang_input_statement_type *is = bfd_usrdata (abfd);
2733 if (is->sort_key)
2734 return is->sort_key;
2735 return bfd_get_filename (abfd);
2736 }
2737
2738 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2739 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2740 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2741 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2742
2743 static lang_statement_union_type *
2744 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2745 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2746 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2747 asection *section)
2748 {
2749 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2750
2751 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2752 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2753 return NULL;
2754
2755 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2756 {
2757 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2758
2759 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2760 continue;
2761 ls = &l->input_section;
2762
2763 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2764 name. */
2765
2766 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2767 {
2768 const char *fn, *ln;
2769 bool fa, la;
2770 int i;
2771
2772 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2773 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2774 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2775 archive. */
2776
2777 fa = file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL;
2778 if (fa)
2779 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2780 else
2781 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd);
2782
2783 la = ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL;
2784 if (la)
2785 ln = sort_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2786 else
2787 ln = sort_filename (ls->section->owner);
2788
2789 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2790 if (i > 0)
2791 continue;
2792 else if (i < 0)
2793 break;
2794
2795 if (fa || la)
2796 {
2797 if (fa)
2798 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd);
2799 if (la)
2800 ln = sort_filename (ls->section->owner);
2801
2802 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2803 if (i > 0)
2804 continue;
2805 else if (i < 0)
2806 break;
2807 }
2808 }
2809
2810 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2811 looking at the sections for this file. */
2812
2813 if (sec != NULL
2814 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2815 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2816 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2817 break;
2818 }
2819
2820 return l;
2821 }
2822
2823 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2824 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2825
2826 static void
2827 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2828 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2829 asection *section,
2830 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2831 void *output)
2832 {
2833 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2834 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2835
2836 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2837
2838 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2839 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2840 return;
2841
2842 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2843
2844 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2845 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2846 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2847 of the current list. */
2848
2849 if (before == NULL)
2850 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
2851 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2852 else
2853 {
2854 lang_statement_list_type list;
2855 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2856
2857 lang_list_init (&list);
2858 lang_add_section (&list, section, ptr->section_list,
2859 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2860
2861 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2862 be NULL. */
2863 if (list.head != NULL)
2864 {
2865 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2866
2867 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2868 *pp != before;
2869 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2870 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2871
2872 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2873 *pp = list.head;
2874 }
2875 }
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2879 are readonly. */
2880
2881 static void
2882 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2883 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2884 asection *section,
2885 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2886 void *output)
2887 {
2888 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2889
2890 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2891
2892 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2893 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2894 return;
2895
2896 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2897 os->all_input_readonly = false;
2898 }
2899
2900 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2901 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2902 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2903
2904 static lang_input_statement_type *
2905 lookup_name (const char *name)
2906 {
2907 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2908
2909 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2910 search != NULL;
2911 search = search->next_real_file)
2912 {
2913 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2914 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2915 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2916 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2917
2918 if (filename != NULL
2919 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2920 break;
2921 }
2922
2923 if (search == NULL)
2924 {
2925 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2926 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2927 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2928 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2929 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2930 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2931 lang_statement_union_type **after
2932 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2933 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2934 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2935 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2936 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2937 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2938 default_target, NULL);
2939 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2940 if (*tail == NULL)
2941 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2942 }
2943
2944 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2945 don't add this file. */
2946 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2947 return search;
2948
2949 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2950 return NULL;
2951
2952 return search;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2956
2957 struct excluded_lib
2958 {
2959 char *name;
2960 struct excluded_lib *next;
2961 };
2962 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2963
2964 void
2965 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2966 {
2967 const char *p = list, *end;
2968
2969 while (*p != '\0')
2970 {
2971 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2972 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2973 if (end == NULL)
2974 end = p + strlen (p);
2975 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2976 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2977 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2978 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2979 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2980 excluded_libs = entry;
2981 if (*end == '\0')
2982 break;
2983 p = end + 1;
2984 }
2985 }
2986
2987 static void
2988 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2989 {
2990 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2991
2992 while (lib)
2993 {
2994 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2995 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
2996
2997 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2998 {
2999 abfd->no_export = true;
3000 return;
3001 }
3002
3003 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3004 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3005 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3006 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3007 {
3008 abfd->no_export = true;
3009 return;
3010 }
3011
3012 lib = lib->next;
3013 }
3014 }
3015
3016 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3017
3018 bool
3019 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3020 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3021 {
3022 char **matching;
3023
3024 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3025 return true;
3026
3027 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3028
3029 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3030 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3031 return true;
3032
3033 if (trace_files || verbose)
3034 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3035
3036 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3037 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3038 {
3039 bfd_error_type err;
3040 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3041 extern FILE *yyin;
3042
3043 err = bfd_get_error ();
3044
3045 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3046 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3047 {
3048 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3049 free (matching);
3050 return true;
3051 }
3052
3053 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3054 {
3055 char **p;
3056
3057 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3058 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3059 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3060 einfo (" %s", *p);
3061 free (matching);
3062 einfo ("%F\n");
3063 }
3064 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3065 || place == NULL)
3066 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3067
3068 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3069 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3070
3071 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3072 save_flags = input_flags;
3073 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3074
3075 push_stat_ptr (place);
3076 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3077 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3078 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3079 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3080 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3081 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3082
3083 ldfile_assumed_script = true;
3084 parser_input = input_script;
3085 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3086 yyparse ();
3087 current_input_file = NULL;
3088 ldfile_assumed_script = false;
3089
3090 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3091 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3092 again. */
3093 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3094 input_flags = save_flags;
3095 pop_stat_ptr ();
3096 fclose (yyin);
3097 yyin = NULL;
3098 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3099
3100 return true;
3101 }
3102
3103 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3104 return true;
3105
3106 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3107 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3108 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3109 which is used. */
3110 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3111 {
3112 default:
3113 break;
3114
3115 case bfd_object:
3116 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3117 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3118 break;
3119
3120 case bfd_archive:
3121 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3122
3123 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3124 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3125 {
3126 bfd *member = NULL;
3127 bool loaded = true;
3128
3129 for (;;)
3130 {
3131 bfd *subsbfd;
3132 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3133
3134 if (member == NULL)
3135 break;
3136
3137 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3138 {
3139 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3140 entry->the_bfd, member);
3141 loaded = false;
3142 }
3143
3144 subsbfd = member;
3145 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3146 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3147 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3148 abort ();
3149
3150 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3151 substitute BFD for us. */
3152 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3153 {
3154 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3155 loaded = false;
3156 }
3157 }
3158
3159 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3160 return loaded;
3161 }
3162 break;
3163 }
3164
3165 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3166 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3167 else
3168 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3169
3170 return entry->flags.loaded;
3171 }
3172
3173 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3174 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3175 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3176 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3177 the output section. */
3178
3179 static void
3180 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3181 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3182 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3183 {
3184 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3185
3186 if (s->handler_data[0]
3187 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3188 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3189 {
3190 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3191
3192 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3193
3194 tree = s->tree;
3195 if (tree)
3196 {
3197 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3198 s->tree = NULL;
3199 }
3200 }
3201 else
3202 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3203
3204 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3205 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3206 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3207 {
3208 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3209 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3210 default_common_section = output;
3211 break;
3212 }
3213 }
3214
3215 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3216
3217 static int
3218 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3219 {
3220 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3221
3222 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3223 }
3224
3225 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3226
3227 static void
3228 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3229 {
3230 char c;
3231
3232 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3233 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3234
3235 *dest = 0;
3236 }
3237
3238 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3239 from haystack. */
3240
3241 static void
3242 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3243 {
3244 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3245
3246 if (haystack)
3247 {
3248 char *src;
3249
3250 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3251 *haystack++ = *src++;
3252
3253 *haystack = 0;
3254 }
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3258 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3259
3260 static int
3261 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3262 {
3263 char *copy1;
3264 char *copy2;
3265 int result;
3266
3267 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3268 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3269
3270 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3271 stricpy (copy1, first);
3272 stricpy (copy2, second);
3273
3274 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3275 strcut (copy1, "big");
3276 strcut (copy1, "little");
3277 strcut (copy2, "big");
3278 strcut (copy2, "little");
3279
3280 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3281 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3282 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3283 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3284 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3285 {
3286 result *= 10;
3287 break;
3288 }
3289
3290 free (copy1);
3291 free (copy2);
3292
3293 return result;
3294 }
3295
3296 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3297 static const bfd_target *winner;
3298
3299 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3300 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3301 match to the original output target. */
3302
3303 static int
3304 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3305 {
3306 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3307
3308 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3309 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3310 return 0;
3311
3312 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3313 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3314 return 0;
3315
3316 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3317 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3318 return 0;
3319
3320 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3321 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3322 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3323 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3324 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3325 return 0;
3326
3327 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3328 if (winner == NULL)
3329 {
3330 winner = target;
3331 return 0;
3332 }
3333
3334 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3335 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3336 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3337 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3338 winner = target;
3339
3340 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3341 return 0;
3342 }
3343
3344 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3345
3346 static const char *
3347 get_first_input_target (void)
3348 {
3349 const char *target = NULL;
3350
3351 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3352 {
3353 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3354 && s->flags.real)
3355 {
3356 ldfile_open_file (s);
3357
3358 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3359 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3360 {
3361 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3362
3363 if (target != NULL)
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 }
3367 }
3368
3369 return target;
3370 }
3371
3372 const char *
3373 lang_get_output_target (void)
3374 {
3375 const char *target;
3376
3377 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3378 if (output_target != NULL)
3379 return output_target;
3380
3381 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3382 the default? */
3383 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3384 return current_target;
3385
3386 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3387 target = get_first_input_target ();
3388 if (target != NULL)
3389 return target;
3390
3391 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3392 return default_target;
3393 }
3394
3395 /* Open the output file. */
3396
3397 static void
3398 open_output (const char *name)
3399 {
3400 lang_input_statement_type *f;
3401 char *out = lrealpath (name);
3402
3403 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
3404 f != NULL;
3405 f = f->next_real_file)
3406 if (f->flags.real)
3407 {
3408 char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
3409 if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
3410 einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
3411 f->filename);
3412 free (in);
3413 }
3414 free (out);
3415
3416 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3417
3418 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3419 line? */
3420 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3421 {
3422 /* Get the chosen target. */
3423 const bfd_target *target
3424 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3425
3426 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3427 if (target != NULL)
3428 {
3429 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3430
3431 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3432 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3433 else
3434 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3435
3436 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3437 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3438 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3439 this. */
3440 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3441 {
3442 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3443 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3444 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3445 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3446 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3447 else
3448 {
3449 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3450 the default target, but which has the desired
3451 endian characteristic. */
3452 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3453 (void *) target);
3454
3455 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3456 satisfy our requirements. */
3457 if (winner == NULL)
3458 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3459 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3460 else
3461 output_target = winner->name;
3462 }
3463 }
3464 }
3465 }
3466
3467 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3468
3469 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3470 {
3471 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3472 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3473
3474 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3475 }
3476
3477 delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
3478
3479 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3480 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3481 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3482 ldfile_output_architecture,
3483 ldfile_output_machine))
3484 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3485
3486 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3487 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3488 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3489
3490 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3491 }
3492
3493 static void
3494 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3495 {
3496 switch (statement->header.type)
3497 {
3498 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3499 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3500 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3501 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3502 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3503 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3504 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3505 else
3506 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3507 if (config.text_read_only)
3508 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3509 else
3510 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3511 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3512 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3513 else
3514 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3515 break;
3516
3517 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3518 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3519 break;
3520 default:
3521 break;
3522 }
3523 }
3524
3525 static void
3526 init_opb (asection *s)
3527 {
3528 unsigned int x;
3529
3530 opb_shift = 0;
3531 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3532 && s != NULL
3533 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3534 return;
3535
3536 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3537 ldfile_output_machine);
3538 if (x > 1)
3539 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3540 {
3541 x >>= 1;
3542 ++opb_shift;
3543 }
3544 ASSERT (x == 1);
3545 }
3546
3547 /* Open all the input files. */
3548
3549 enum open_bfd_mode
3550 {
3551 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3552 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3553 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3554 };
3555 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3556 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3557 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3558 #endif
3559
3560 static void
3561 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3562 {
3563 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3564 {
3565 switch (s->header.type)
3566 {
3567 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3568 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3569 break;
3570 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3571 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3572 break;
3573 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3574 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3575 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3576 && s->wild_statement.filename
3577 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3578 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3579 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3580 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3581 break;
3582 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3583 {
3584 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3585 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3586 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3587 #endif
3588
3589 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3590 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3591 symbols. */
3592
3593 do
3594 {
3595 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3596 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3597 #endif
3598 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3599 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3600 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3601 }
3602 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3603 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3604 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3605 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3606 undefs. */
3607 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3608 #endif
3609 );
3610 }
3611 break;
3612 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3613 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3614 break;
3615 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3616 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3617 {
3618 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3619 lang_statement_list_type add;
3620 bfd *abfd;
3621
3622 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3623
3624 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3625 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3626 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3627 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3628 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3629 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3630 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3631 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3632 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3633 #endif
3634 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3635 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3636 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3637 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3638 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3639 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3640 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3641 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3642 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3643 {
3644 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
3645 s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
3646 }
3647
3648 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3649 lang_list_init (&add);
3650
3651 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3652 config.make_executable = false;
3653
3654 if (add.head != NULL)
3655 {
3656 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3657 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3658 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3659 section statement list. Very likely the user
3660 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3661 naive user expectations. */
3662 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3663 {
3664 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3665 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3666 s->input_statement.filename);
3667 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3668 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3669 }
3670 else
3671 {
3672 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3673 s->header.next = add.head;
3674 }
3675 }
3676 }
3677 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3678 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3679 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3680 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3681 plugin_insert = NULL;
3682 #endif
3683 break;
3684 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3685 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3686 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3687 break;
3688 default:
3689 break;
3690 }
3691 }
3692
3693 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3694 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3695 einfo ("%F");
3696 }
3697
3698 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3699 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
3700 that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
3701 static void
3702 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
3703 {
3704 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3705 char *text;
3706 int is_warning;
3707 int err;
3708
3709 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
3710 {
3711 einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3712 text);
3713 free (text);
3714 }
3715 if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3716 {
3717 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3718 ctf_errmsg (err));
3719 }
3720
3721 /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
3722 These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
3723 an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
3724 ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3725 }
3726
3727 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3728 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3729 on. */
3730
3731 static void
3732 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3733 {
3734 int any_ctf = 0;
3735 int err;
3736
3737 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3738 {
3739 asection *sect;
3740
3741 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
3742 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3743 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3744 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3745
3746 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3747 {
3748 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3749 {
3750 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
3751 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3752 "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3753 ctf_errmsg (err));
3754 }
3755 continue;
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3759 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
3760 once. */
3761 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3762 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3763 sect->size = 0;
3764 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3765
3766 if (any_ctf)
3767 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3768 any_ctf = 1;
3769 }
3770
3771 if (!any_ctf)
3772 {
3773 ctf_output = NULL;
3774 return;
3775 }
3776
3777 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3778 return;
3779
3780 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3781 ctf_errmsg (err));
3782
3783 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3784 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3785 }
3786
3787 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3788 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3789
3790 static void
3791 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3792 {
3793 asection *output_sect;
3794 int flags = 0;
3795
3796 if (!ctf_output)
3797 return;
3798
3799 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3800
3801 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3802 if (output_sect == NULL)
3803 {
3804 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3805 ctf_output = NULL;
3806
3807 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3808 {
3809 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3810 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3811 }
3812 return;
3813 }
3814
3815 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3816 {
3817 if (!file->the_ctf)
3818 continue;
3819
3820 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3821 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3822 {
3823 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3824 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3825 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3826 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3827 continue;
3828 }
3829 }
3830
3831 if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
3832 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
3833 else
3834 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
3835 if (!config.ctf_variables)
3836 flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
3837 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3838 flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
3839
3840 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
3841 {
3842 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3843 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3844 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3845 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3846 if (output_sect)
3847 {
3848 output_sect->size = 0;
3849 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3850 }
3851 }
3852 /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
3853 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3854 }
3855
3856 /* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
3857 the CTF, if supported. */
3858
3859 void
3860 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
3861 {
3862 ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
3866 internal format. */
3867 void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
3868 {
3869 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3873 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3874 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3875 static void
3876 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3877 {
3878 size_t output_size;
3879 asection *output_sect;
3880
3881 if (!ctf_output)
3882 return;
3883
3884 if (late)
3885 {
3886 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3887 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3888 return;
3889 }
3890 else
3891 {
3892 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3893 return;
3894 }
3895
3896 /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
3897 been. */
3898
3899 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
3900
3901 /* Emit CTF. */
3902
3903 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3904 if (output_sect)
3905 {
3906 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3907 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3908 output_sect->size = output_size;
3909 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3910
3911 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3912 if (!output_sect->contents)
3913 {
3914 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3915 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3916 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3917 output_sect->size = 0;
3918 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3919 }
3920 }
3921
3922 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3923 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3924 ctf_output = NULL;
3925
3926 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3927 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3931
3932 void
3933 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3934 {
3935 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3936
3937 lang_write_ctf (1);
3938 }
3939 #else
3940 static void
3941 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3942 {
3943 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3944 {
3945 asection *sect;
3946
3947 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3948 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3949 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3950
3951 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3952 {
3953 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3954 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3955 sect->size = 0;
3956 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3957 }
3958 }
3959 }
3960
3961 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3962 void
3963 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
3964 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3965 void
3966 ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3967 struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3968 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3969 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3970 #endif
3971
3972 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3973 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3974 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3975 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3976 name to the symbol table. */
3977
3978 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3979
3980 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3981
3982 void
3983 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3984 {
3985 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3986
3987 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3988 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3989 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3990
3991 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3992
3993 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3994 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3995 }
3996
3997 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3998
3999 static void
4000 insert_undefined (const char *name)
4001 {
4002 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4003
4004 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
4005 if (h == NULL)
4006 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
4007 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4008 {
4009 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
4010 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
4011 h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
4012 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
4017 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
4018 script file. */
4019
4020 static void
4021 lang_place_undefineds (void)
4022 {
4023 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4024
4025 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4026 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
4027 }
4028
4029 /* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
4030
4031 static void
4032 lang_mark_undefineds (void)
4033 {
4034 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4035
4036 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
4037 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4038 {
4039 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
4040 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
4041 if (h != NULL)
4042 h->mark = 1;
4043 }
4044 }
4045
4046 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
4047 be defined. */
4048
4049 struct require_defined_symbol
4050 {
4051 const char *name;
4052 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
4053 };
4054
4055 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
4056
4057 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
4058
4059 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
4060 defined. */
4061
4062 void
4063 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
4064 {
4065 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4066
4067 ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
4068 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
4069 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
4070 ptr->name = strdup (name);
4071 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
4072 }
4073
4074 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4075 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4076
4077 static void
4078 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4079 {
4080 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4081
4082 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4083 {
4084 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4085
4086 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4087 false, false, true);
4088 if (h == NULL
4089 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4090 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4091 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4092 }
4093 }
4094
4095 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 check_input_sections
4099 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4100 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4101 {
4102 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4103 {
4104 switch (s->header.type)
4105 {
4106 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4107 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4108 output_section_statement);
4109 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4110 return;
4111 break;
4112 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4113 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4114 output_section_statement);
4115 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4116 return;
4117 break;
4118 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4119 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4120 output_section_statement);
4121 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4122 return;
4123 break;
4124 default:
4125 break;
4126 }
4127 }
4128 }
4129
4130 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4131
4132 static void
4133 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4134 {
4135 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4136
4137 switch (sort_section)
4138 {
4139 default:
4140 FAIL ();
4141
4142 case none:
4143 break;
4144
4145 case by_name:
4146 case by_alignment:
4147 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4148 {
4149 switch (s->header.type)
4150 {
4151 default:
4152 break;
4153
4154 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4155 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4156 sec = sec->next)
4157 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4158 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4159 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4160 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4161 {
4162 case none:
4163 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4164 break;
4165 case by_name:
4166 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4167 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4168 break;
4169 case by_alignment:
4170 if (sort_section == by_name)
4171 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4172 break;
4173 default:
4174 break;
4175 }
4176 break;
4177
4178 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4179 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4180 break;
4181
4182 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4183 update_wild_statements
4184 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4185 break;
4186
4187 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4188 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4189 break;
4190 }
4191 }
4192 break;
4193 }
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4197
4198 static void
4199 map_input_to_output_sections
4200 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4201 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4202 {
4203 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4204 {
4205 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4206 flagword flags;
4207 unsigned int type = 0;
4208
4209 switch (s->header.type)
4210 {
4211 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4212 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4213 break;
4214 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4215 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4216 target,
4217 os);
4218 break;
4219 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4220 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4221 if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
4222 || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
4223 {
4224 tos->all_input_readonly = true;
4225 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4226 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4227 tos->constraint = -1;
4228 }
4229 if (tos->constraint >= 0)
4230 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4231 target,
4232 tos);
4233 break;
4234 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4235 break;
4236 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4237 target = s->target_statement.target;
4238 break;
4239 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4240 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4241 target,
4242 os);
4243 break;
4244 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4245 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4246 are initialized. */
4247 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4248 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4249 these may be overridden by the script. */
4250 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4251 switch (os->sectype)
4252 {
4253 case normal_section:
4254 case overlay_section:
4255 case first_overlay_section:
4256 break;
4257 case noalloc_section:
4258 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4259 break;
4260 case readonly_section:
4261 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4262 break;
4263 case typed_readonly_section:
4264 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4265 /* Fall through. */
4266 case type_section:
4267 if (os->sectype_value->type.node_class == etree_name
4268 && os->sectype_value->type.node_code == NAME)
4269 {
4270 const char *name = os->sectype_value->name.name;
4271 if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PROGBITS") == 0)
4272 type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4273 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_STRTAB") == 0)
4274 type = SHT_STRTAB;
4275 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOTE") == 0)
4276 type = SHT_NOTE;
4277 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOBITS") == 0)
4278 type = SHT_NOBITS;
4279 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_INIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4280 type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
4281 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_FINI_ARRAY") == 0)
4282 type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
4283 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4284 type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
4285 else
4286 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4287 os->name);
4288 }
4289 else
4290 {
4291 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->sectype_value);
4292 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4293 type = expld.result.value;
4294 else
4295 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4296 os->name);
4297 }
4298 break;
4299 case noload_section:
4300 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4301 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4302 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4303 else
4304 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4305 break;
4306 }
4307 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4308 init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
4309 else
4310 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4311 os->bfd_section->type = type;
4312 break;
4313 case lang_input_section_enum:
4314 break;
4315 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4316 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4317 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4318 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4319 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4320 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4321 init_os (os, 0);
4322 break;
4323 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4324 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4325 init_os (os, 0);
4326
4327 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4328 are initialized. */
4329 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4330 break;
4331 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4332 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4333 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4334 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4335 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4336 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4337 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4338 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4339 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4340 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4341 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4342 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4343 {
4344 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4345
4346 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4347 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4348 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4349 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4350 will affect following script sections, which is
4351 likely to surprise naive users. */
4352 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
4353 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4354 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4355 init_os (tos, 0);
4356 }
4357 break;
4358 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4359 break;
4360 }
4361 }
4362 }
4363
4364 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4365 start of the list and places them after the output section
4366 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4367 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4368 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4369 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4370 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4371 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4372 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4373 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4374 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4375 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4376 can end up looking odd. */
4377
4378 static void
4379 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4380 {
4381 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4382 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4383 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4384 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4385
4386 s = start;
4387 while (*s != NULL)
4388 {
4389 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4390 {
4391 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4392 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4393 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4394
4395 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4396 last_os = os;
4397
4398 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4399 won't match this output section statement. At this
4400 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4401 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4402 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4403 if (first_os == NULL)
4404 first_os = last_os;
4405 }
4406 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4407 {
4408 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4409 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4410 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4411 behaviour. For example:
4412 #! /bin/sh
4413 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4414 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4415 group statement for insert statements. */
4416 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4417 }
4418 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4419 {
4420 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4421 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4422 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4423 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4424
4425 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4426 {
4427 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4428 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4429 }
4430
4431 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4432 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4433 {
4434 do
4435 where = where->prev;
4436 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4437 }
4438 if (where == NULL)
4439 {
4440 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4441 return;
4442 }
4443
4444 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4445 if (last_os != NULL)
4446 {
4447 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4448 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4449
4450 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4451 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4452 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4453 {
4454 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4455 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4456 }
4457 else
4458 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4459 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4460 last_os->next = where->next;
4461 if (where->next == NULL)
4462 {
4463 next = &last_os->next;
4464 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4465 }
4466 else
4467 where->next->prev = last_os;
4468 first_os->prev = where;
4469 where->next = first_os;
4470
4471 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4472 first_sec = NULL;
4473 last_sec = NULL;
4474 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4475 {
4476 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4477 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4478 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4479 {
4480 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4481 if (first_sec == NULL)
4482 first_sec = last_sec;
4483 }
4484 if (os == last_os)
4485 break;
4486 }
4487 if (last_sec != NULL)
4488 {
4489 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4490 if (sec == NULL)
4491 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4492
4493 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4494 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4495 section or if the section is the same as our
4496 last section, then no move is needed. */
4497 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4498 {
4499 /* Trim them off. */
4500 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4501 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4502 else
4503 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4504 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4505 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4506 else
4507 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4508 /* Add back. */
4509 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4510 if (sec->next != NULL)
4511 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4512 else
4513 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4514 first_sec->prev = sec;
4515 sec->next = first_sec;
4516 }
4517 }
4518
4519 first_os = NULL;
4520 last_os = NULL;
4521 }
4522
4523 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4524 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4525 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4526 first = *start;
4527 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4528 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4529 *s = *ptr;
4530 if (*s == NULL)
4531 statement_list.tail = s;
4532 *ptr = first;
4533 s = start;
4534 continue;
4535 }
4536 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4537 }
4538
4539 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4540 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4541 {
4542 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4543 if (os == last_os)
4544 break;
4545 }
4546 }
4547
4548 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4549 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4550 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4551
4552 void
4553 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4554 {
4555 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4556
4557 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4558 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4559 {
4560 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4561 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4562 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
4563 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4564 }
4565
4566 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4567 os != NULL;
4568 os = os->next)
4569 {
4570 asection *output_section;
4571 bool exclude;
4572
4573 if (os->constraint < 0)
4574 continue;
4575
4576 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4577 if (output_section == NULL)
4578 continue;
4579
4580 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4581 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4582 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4583 output_section));
4584
4585 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4586 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4587 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4588 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4589 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4590 {
4591 asection *s;
4592
4593 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4594 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4595 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4596 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4597 {
4598 exclude = false;
4599 break;
4600 }
4601 }
4602
4603 if (exclude)
4604 {
4605 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4606 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4607 if (!os->update_dot)
4608 os->ignored = true;
4609 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4610 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4611 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4612 }
4613 }
4614 }
4615
4616 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4617 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4618
4619 void
4620 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4621 {
4622 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4623
4624 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4625 return;
4626
4627 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4628 os != NULL;
4629 os = os->next)
4630 {
4631 asection *output_section;
4632
4633 if (os->constraint < 0)
4634 continue;
4635
4636 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4637 if (output_section == NULL)
4638 continue;
4639
4640 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4641 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4642 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4646 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4647 map_head_is_link_order = true;
4648 }
4649
4650 static void
4651 print_output_section_statement
4652 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4653 {
4654 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4655 int len;
4656
4657 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4658 {
4659 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4660
4661 if (section != NULL)
4662 {
4663 print_dot = section->vma;
4664
4665 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4666 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4667 {
4668 print_nl ();
4669 len = 0;
4670 }
4671 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4672 {
4673 print_space ();
4674 ++len;
4675 }
4676
4677 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4678
4679 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4680 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4681
4682 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4683 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4684 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4685 }
4686
4687 print_nl ();
4688 }
4689
4690 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4691 output_section_statement);
4692 }
4693
4694 static void
4695 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4696 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4697 {
4698 unsigned int i;
4699 bool is_dot;
4700 etree_type *tree;
4701 asection *osec;
4702
4703 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4704 print_space ();
4705
4706 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4707 {
4708 is_dot = false;
4709 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4710 }
4711 else
4712 {
4713 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4714
4715 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4716 tree = assignment->exp;
4717 }
4718
4719 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4720 if (osec == NULL)
4721 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4722
4723 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4724 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4725 else
4726 expld.result.valid_p = false;
4727
4728 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4729 {
4730 bfd_vma value;
4731
4732 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4733 || is_dot
4734 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4735 {
4736 value = expld.result.value;
4737
4738 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4739 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4740
4741 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4742 if (is_dot)
4743 print_dot = value;
4744 }
4745 else
4746 {
4747 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4748
4749 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4750 false, false, true);
4751 if (h != NULL
4752 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4753 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4754 {
4755 value = h->u.def.value;
4756 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4757 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4758
4759 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4760 }
4761 else
4762 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4763 }
4764 }
4765 else
4766 {
4767 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4768 minfo ("[!provide]");
4769 else
4770 minfo ("*undef* ");
4771 #ifdef BFD64
4772 minfo (" ");
4773 #endif
4774 }
4775 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4776
4777 minfo (" ");
4778 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4779 print_nl ();
4780 }
4781
4782 static void
4783 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4784 {
4785 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4786 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4787 }
4788
4789 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4790 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4791
4792 bool
4793 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4794 {
4795 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4796
4797 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4798 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4799 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4800 {
4801 int i;
4802
4803 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4804 print_space ();
4805 minfo ("0x%V ",
4806 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4807 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4808 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4809
4810 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4811 }
4812
4813 return true;
4814 }
4815
4816 static int
4817 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4818 {
4819 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4820 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4821
4822 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4823 return -1;
4824 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4825 return 1;
4826 else
4827 return 0;
4828 }
4829
4830 static void
4831 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4832 {
4833 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4834 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4835 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4836 unsigned int i;
4837
4838 if (!ud)
4839 return;
4840
4841 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4842
4843 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4844 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4845 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4846 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4847
4848 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4849 entries[i] = def->entry;
4850
4851 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4852 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4853
4854 /* Print the symbols. */
4855 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4856 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4857
4858 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4859 }
4860
4861 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4862
4863 static void
4864 print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
4865 {
4866 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4867 int len;
4868 bfd_vma addr;
4869
4870 init_opb (i);
4871
4872 print_space ();
4873 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4874
4875 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4876 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4877 {
4878 print_nl ();
4879 len = 0;
4880 }
4881 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4882 {
4883 print_space ();
4884 ++len;
4885 }
4886
4887 if (i->output_section != NULL
4888 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4889 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4890 else
4891 {
4892 addr = print_dot;
4893 if (!is_discarded)
4894 size = 0;
4895 }
4896
4897 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4898
4899 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4900 {
4901 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4902 #ifdef BFD64
4903 len += 16;
4904 #else
4905 len += 8;
4906 #endif
4907 while (len > 0)
4908 {
4909 print_space ();
4910 --len;
4911 }
4912
4913 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4914 }
4915
4916 if (i->output_section != NULL
4917 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4918 {
4919 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4920 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4921 else
4922 print_all_symbols (i);
4923
4924 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4925 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4926 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4927 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4928 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4929 }
4930 }
4931
4932 static void
4933 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4934 {
4935 size_t size;
4936 unsigned char *p;
4937 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4938 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4939 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4940 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4941 }
4942
4943 static void
4944 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4945 {
4946 int i;
4947 bfd_vma addr;
4948 bfd_size_type size;
4949 const char *name;
4950
4951 init_opb (data->output_section);
4952 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4953 print_space ();
4954
4955 addr = data->output_offset;
4956 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4957 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4958
4959 switch (data->type)
4960 {
4961 default:
4962 abort ();
4963 case BYTE:
4964 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4965 name = "BYTE";
4966 break;
4967 case SHORT:
4968 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4969 name = "SHORT";
4970 break;
4971 case LONG:
4972 size = LONG_SIZE;
4973 name = "LONG";
4974 break;
4975 case QUAD:
4976 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4977 name = "QUAD";
4978 break;
4979 case SQUAD:
4980 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4981 name = "SQUAD";
4982 break;
4983 }
4984
4985 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4986 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4987 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4988
4989 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4990 {
4991 print_space ();
4992 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4993 }
4994
4995 print_nl ();
4996
4997 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4998 }
4999
5000 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
5001 -Ttext. */
5002
5003 static void
5004 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
5005 {
5006 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
5007 exp_print_tree (address->address);
5008 print_nl ();
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Print a reloc statement. */
5012
5013 static void
5014 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
5015 {
5016 int i;
5017 bfd_vma addr;
5018 bfd_size_type size;
5019
5020 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
5021 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
5022 print_space ();
5023
5024 addr = reloc->output_offset;
5025 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
5026 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
5027
5028 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
5029
5030 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
5031
5032 if (reloc->name != NULL)
5033 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
5034 else
5035 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
5036
5037 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
5038
5039 print_nl ();
5040
5041 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5042 }
5043
5044 static void
5045 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
5046 {
5047 int len;
5048 bfd_vma addr;
5049
5050 init_opb (s->output_section);
5051 minfo (" *fill*");
5052
5053 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
5054 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
5055 {
5056 print_space ();
5057 ++len;
5058 }
5059
5060 addr = s->output_offset;
5061 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5062 addr += s->output_section->vma;
5063 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
5064
5065 if (s->fill->size != 0)
5066 {
5067 size_t size;
5068 unsigned char *p;
5069 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
5070 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
5071 }
5072
5073 print_nl ();
5074
5075 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
5076 }
5077
5078 static void
5079 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
5080 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5081 {
5082 struct wildcard_list *sec;
5083
5084 print_space ();
5085
5086 if (w->exclude_name_list)
5087 {
5088 name_list *tmp;
5089 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
5090 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5091 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5092 minfo (") ");
5093 }
5094
5095 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5096 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5097 if (w->filename != NULL)
5098 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
5099 else
5100 minfo ("*");
5101 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5102 minfo (")");
5103
5104 minfo ("(");
5105 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
5106 {
5107 int closing_paren = 0;
5108
5109 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5110 {
5111 case none:
5112 break;
5113
5114 case by_name:
5115 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5116 closing_paren = 1;
5117 break;
5118
5119 case by_alignment:
5120 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5121 closing_paren = 1;
5122 break;
5123
5124 case by_name_alignment:
5125 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5126 closing_paren = 2;
5127 break;
5128
5129 case by_alignment_name:
5130 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5131 closing_paren = 2;
5132 break;
5133
5134 case by_none:
5135 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5136 closing_paren = 1;
5137 break;
5138
5139 case by_init_priority:
5140 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5141 closing_paren = 1;
5142 break;
5143 }
5144
5145 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5146 {
5147 name_list *tmp;
5148 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5149 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5150 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5151 minfo (") ");
5152 }
5153 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5154 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5155 else
5156 minfo ("*");
5157 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5158 minfo (")");
5159 if (sec->next)
5160 minfo (" ");
5161 }
5162 minfo (")");
5163
5164 print_nl ();
5165
5166 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5167 }
5168
5169 /* Print a group statement. */
5170
5171 static void
5172 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5173 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5174 {
5175 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5176 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5177 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5178 }
5179
5180 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5181 This can be called for any statement type. */
5182
5183 static void
5184 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5185 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5186 {
5187 while (s != NULL)
5188 {
5189 print_statement (s, os);
5190 s = s->header.next;
5191 }
5192 }
5193
5194 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5195 This can be called for any statement type. */
5196
5197 static void
5198 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5199 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5200 {
5201 switch (s->header.type)
5202 {
5203 default:
5204 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5205 FAIL ();
5206 break;
5207 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5208 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5209 {
5210 if (constructors_sorted)
5211 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5212 else
5213 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5214 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5215 }
5216 break;
5217 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5218 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5219 break;
5220 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5221 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5222 break;
5223 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5224 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5225 break;
5226 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5227 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5228 break;
5229 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5230 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5231 break;
5232 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5233 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5234 break;
5235 case lang_input_section_enum:
5236 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
5237 break;
5238 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5239 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5240 break;
5241 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5242 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5243 break;
5244 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5245 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5246 break;
5247 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5248 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5249 break;
5250 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5251 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5252 if (output_target != NULL)
5253 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5254 minfo (")\n");
5255 break;
5256 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5257 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5258 break;
5259 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5260 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5261 break;
5262 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5263 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5264 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5265 s->insert_statement.where);
5266 break;
5267 }
5268 }
5269
5270 static void
5271 print_statements (void)
5272 {
5273 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5274 }
5275
5276 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5277 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5278 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5279 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5280
5281 void
5282 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5283 {
5284 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5285
5286 config.map_file = stderr;
5287
5288 if (n < 0)
5289 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5290 else
5291 {
5292 while (s && --n >= 0)
5293 {
5294 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5295 s = s->header.next;
5296 }
5297 }
5298
5299 config.map_file = map_save;
5300 }
5301
5302 static void
5303 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5304 fill_type *fill,
5305 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5306 asection *output_section,
5307 bfd_vma dot)
5308 {
5309 static fill_type zero_fill;
5310 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5311
5312 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5313 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5314 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5315 if (pad != NULL
5316 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5317 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5318 {
5319 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5320 }
5321 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5322 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5323 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5324 {
5325 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5326 }
5327 else
5328 {
5329 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5330 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5331 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5332 *ptr = pad;
5333 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5334 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5335 if (fill == NULL)
5336 fill = &zero_fill;
5337 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5338 }
5339 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5340 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5341 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5342 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5343 - output_section->vma);
5344 }
5345
5346 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5347
5348 static bfd_vma
5349 size_input_section
5350 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5351 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5352 fill_type *fill,
5353 bool *removed,
5354 bfd_vma dot)
5355 {
5356 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5357 asection *i = is->section;
5358 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5359 *removed = 0;
5360
5361 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5362 {
5363 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5364 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5365 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5366 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5367 have reinitialized its size. */
5368 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5369 {
5370 *removed = 1;
5371 return dot;
5372 }
5373 }
5374
5375 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5376 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5377 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5378 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5379 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5380 else
5381 {
5382 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5383
5384 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5385 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5386 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5387 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5388
5389 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5390 i->alignment_power
5391 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5392 "subsection alignment");
5393
5394 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5395 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5396
5397 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5398
5399 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5400 {
5401 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5402 dot += alignment_needed;
5403 }
5404
5405 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5406 {
5407 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5408 list. */
5409 if (output_section_statement->region)
5410 {
5411 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5412 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5413
5414 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5415 {
5416 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5417 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5418 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5419 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5420
5421 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5422 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5423 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5424 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5425 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5426
5427 *removed = 1;
5428 dot = end;
5429 i->output_section = NULL;
5430 return dot;
5431 }
5432 }
5433 }
5434
5435 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5436 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5437
5438 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5439 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5440 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5441 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5442
5443 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5444 {
5445 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5446 its actual output section too. */
5447 i->already_assigned = o;
5448 i->output_section = o;
5449 }
5450 }
5451
5452 return dot;
5453 }
5454
5455 struct check_sec
5456 {
5457 asection *sec;
5458 bool warned;
5459 };
5460
5461 static int
5462 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5463 {
5464 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5465 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5466
5467 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5468 return -1;
5469 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5470 return 1;
5471 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5472 return -1;
5473 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5474 return 1;
5475
5476 return 0;
5477 }
5478
5479 static int
5480 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5481 {
5482 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5483 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5484
5485 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5486 return -1;
5487 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5488 return 1;
5489 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5490 return -1;
5491 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5492 return 1;
5493
5494 return 0;
5495 }
5496
5497 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5498 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5499
5500 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5501 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5502
5503 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5504 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5505 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5506 region has overflowed. */
5507
5508 static void
5509 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5510 {
5511 asection *s, *p;
5512 struct check_sec *sections;
5513 size_t i, count;
5514 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5515 bfd_vma s_start;
5516 bfd_vma s_end;
5517 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5518 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5519 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5520 bool overlays;
5521
5522 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5523 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5524 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5525 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5526 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5527 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5528 {
5529 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5530 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5531 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5532 s->name);
5533 else
5534 {
5535 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5536 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5537 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5538 s->name);
5539 }
5540 }
5541
5542 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5543 return;
5544
5545 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5546 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5547
5548 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5549 count = 0;
5550 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5551 {
5552 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5553 || s->size == 0)
5554 continue;
5555
5556 sections[count].sec = s;
5557 sections[count].warned = false;
5558 count++;
5559 }
5560
5561 if (count <= 1)
5562 {
5563 free (sections);
5564 return;
5565 }
5566
5567 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5568
5569 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5570 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5571 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5572 {
5573 s = sections[i].sec;
5574 init_opb (s);
5575 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5576 {
5577 s_start = s->lma;
5578 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5579
5580 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5581 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5582 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5583 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5584 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5585 if (p != NULL
5586 && (s_start <= p_end
5587 || p_end < p_start))
5588 {
5589 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5590 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5591 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5592 sections[i].warned = true;
5593 }
5594 p = s;
5595 p_start = s_start;
5596 p_end = s_end;
5597 }
5598 }
5599
5600 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5601 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5602 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5603 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5604 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5605 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5606 overlays = false;
5607 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5608 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5609 {
5610 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5611 if (p_start == s_start)
5612 {
5613 overlays = true;
5614 break;
5615 }
5616 p_start = s_start;
5617 }
5618
5619 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5620 if (!overlays)
5621 {
5622 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5623 {
5624 s = sections[i].sec;
5625 init_opb (s);
5626 s_start = s->vma;
5627 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5628
5629 if (p != NULL
5630 && !sections[i].warned
5631 && (s_start <= p_end
5632 || p_end < p_start))
5633 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5634 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5635 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5636 p = s;
5637 p_start = s_start;
5638 p_end = s_end;
5639 }
5640 }
5641
5642 free (sections);
5643
5644 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5645 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5646 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5647 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5648
5649 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5650 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5651 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5652 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5653 if (m->had_full_message)
5654 {
5655 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5656 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5657 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5658 over),
5659 m->name_list.name, over);
5660 }
5661 }
5662
5663 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5664 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5665 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5666 calculation wraps around. */
5667
5668 static void
5669 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5670 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5671 etree_type *tree,
5672 bfd_vma rbase)
5673 {
5674 if ((region->current < region->origin
5675 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5676 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5677 || rbase == 0))
5678 {
5679 if (tree != NULL)
5680 {
5681 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5682 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5683 region->current,
5684 os->bfd_section->owner,
5685 os->bfd_section->name,
5686 region->name_list.name);
5687 }
5688 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5689 {
5690 region->had_full_message = true;
5691
5692 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5693 os->bfd_section->owner,
5694 os->bfd_section->name,
5695 region->name_list.name);
5696 }
5697 }
5698 }
5699
5700 static void
5701 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s)
5702 {
5703 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
5704
5705 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5706 {
5707 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5708 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5709 else
5710 {
5711 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5712 }
5713 }
5714 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5715 {
5716 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5717 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5718 else
5719 {
5720 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5721 }
5722 }
5723 }
5724
5725 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5726
5727 static bfd_vma
5728 lang_size_sections_1
5729 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5730 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5731 fill_type *fill,
5732 bfd_vma dot,
5733 bool *relax,
5734 bool check_regions)
5735 {
5736 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5737 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5738 bool removed_prev_s = false;
5739
5740 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5741 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5742 {
5743 bool removed = false;
5744
5745 switch (s->header.type)
5746 {
5747 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5748 {
5749 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5750 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5751 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5752 int section_alignment = 0;
5753
5754 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5755 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5756 if (os->constraint == -1)
5757 break;
5758
5759 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5760 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5761 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5762 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5763 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5764 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5765 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5766 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5767 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5768 {
5769 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5770
5771 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5772 {
5773 dot = expld.result.value;
5774 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5775 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5776 }
5777 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5778 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5779 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5780 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5781 }
5782
5783 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5784 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5785 break;
5786
5787 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5788 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5789 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5790 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5791 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5792 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5793 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5794 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5795 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5796 {
5797 asection *input;
5798
5799 if (os->children.head == NULL
5800 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5801 || (os->children.head->header.type
5802 != lang_input_section_enum))
5803 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5804 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5805
5806 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5807 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5808 bfd_section_vma (input));
5809 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5810 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5811 break;
5812 }
5813
5814 newdot = dot;
5815 dotdelta = 0;
5816 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5817 {
5818 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5819 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5820 }
5821 else
5822 {
5823 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5824 {
5825 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5826 from the region specification. */
5827 if (os->region == NULL
5828 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5829 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5830 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5831 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5832 {
5833 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5834 }
5835
5836 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5837 region, and some non default memory regions were
5838 defined, issue an error message. */
5839 if (!os->ignored
5840 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5841 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5842 && check_regions
5843 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5844 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5845 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5846 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5847 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5848 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5849 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5850 {
5851 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5852 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5853 default memory region we can end up creating an
5854 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5855 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5856 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5857 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5858 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5859 switch. */
5860 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5861 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5862 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5863 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5864 else
5865 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5866 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5867 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5868 }
5869
5870 newdot = os->region->current;
5871 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5872 }
5873 else
5874 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5875 "section alignment");
5876
5877 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5878 if (section_alignment > 0)
5879 {
5880 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5881 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5882
5883 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5884 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5885
5886 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5887 diff = dotdelta;
5888 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5889 {
5890 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5891 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5892 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5893 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5894 diff = 0;
5895 }
5896 if (diff != 0
5897 && (config.warn_section_align
5898 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5899 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5900 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5901 os->name, (long) diff);
5902 }
5903
5904 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5905
5906 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5907 }
5908
5909 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5910 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5911
5912 os->processed_vma = true;
5913
5914 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5915 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5916 no output section should change from zero size
5917 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5918 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5919 input section was not sized early enough. */
5920 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5921 else
5922 {
5923 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5924
5925 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5926 align at the block boundary. */
5927 after = ((dot
5928 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5929 + os->block_value - 1)
5930 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5931
5932 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5933 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5934 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5935 }
5936
5937 /* Set section lma. */
5938 r = os->region;
5939 if (r == NULL)
5940 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
5941
5942 if (os->load_base)
5943 {
5944 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5945 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5946 }
5947 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5948 {
5949 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5950
5951 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5952 lma += dotdelta;
5953 else
5954 {
5955 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5956 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5957 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5958 only align according to the value in the output
5959 statement. */
5960 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5961 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5962 "section alignment");
5963 if (section_alignment > 0)
5964 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5965 }
5966 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5967 }
5968 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5969 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5970 {
5971 bfd_vma lma;
5972 asection *last;
5973
5974 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5975
5976 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5977 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5978 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5979 create overlapping LMAs. */
5980 if (dot < last->vma
5981 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5982 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5983 {
5984 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5985 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5986 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5987 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5988 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5989
5990 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5991 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5992 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5993 }
5994 else
5995 {
5996 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5997 at the end of the previous section. */
5998 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5999 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
6000
6001 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
6002 as the previous section. */
6003 else
6004 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
6005
6006 if (section_alignment > 0)
6007 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
6008 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
6009 }
6010 }
6011 os->processed_lma = true;
6012
6013 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
6014 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
6015 following sections. Overlays or other linker
6016 script assignment to lma might mean that the
6017 default lma == vma is incorrect.
6018 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
6019 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
6020 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
6021 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
6022 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
6023 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
6024 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
6025 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
6026 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
6027 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
6028 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
6029 || (r->last_os == NULL
6030 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
6031 || (r->last_os != NULL
6032 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
6033 .bfd_section->vma))))
6034 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
6035 && os->lma_region == NULL
6036 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6037 r->last_os = s;
6038
6039 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
6040 break;
6041
6042 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6043 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6044 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6045 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6046 else
6047 dotdelta = 0;
6048 dot += dotdelta;
6049
6050 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
6051 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6052
6053 /* Update dot in the region ?
6054 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
6055 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
6056 overall size in memory. */
6057 if (os->region != NULL
6058 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
6059 {
6060 os->region->current = dot;
6061
6062 if (check_regions)
6063 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
6064 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
6065 os->bfd_section->vma);
6066
6067 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
6068 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
6069 || os->align_lma_with_input))
6070 {
6071 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
6072
6073 if (check_regions)
6074 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
6075 os->bfd_section->lma);
6076 }
6077 }
6078 }
6079 break;
6080
6081 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6082 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
6083 output_section_statement,
6084 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6085 break;
6086
6087 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6088 {
6089 unsigned int size = 0;
6090
6091 s->data_statement.output_offset =
6092 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6093 s->data_statement.output_section =
6094 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6095
6096 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
6097 need to mark them as needed. */
6098 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6099
6100 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6101 {
6102 default:
6103 abort ();
6104 case QUAD:
6105 case SQUAD:
6106 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6107 break;
6108 case LONG:
6109 size = LONG_SIZE;
6110 break;
6111 case SHORT:
6112 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6113 break;
6114 case BYTE:
6115 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6116 break;
6117 }
6118 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6119 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6120 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6121 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6122 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6123 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6124 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6125
6126 }
6127 break;
6128
6129 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6130 {
6131 int size;
6132
6133 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6134 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6135 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6136 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6137 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6138 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6139 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6140 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6141 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6142 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6143 }
6144 break;
6145
6146 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6147 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6148 output_section_statement,
6149 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6150 break;
6151
6152 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6153 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6154 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6155 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6156 break;
6157
6158 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6159 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6160 break;
6161
6162 case lang_input_section_enum:
6163 {
6164 asection *i;
6165
6166 i = s->input_section.section;
6167 if (relax)
6168 {
6169 bool again;
6170
6171 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6172 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6173 if (again)
6174 *relax = true;
6175 }
6176 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6177 fill, &removed, dot);
6178 }
6179 break;
6180
6181 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6182 break;
6183
6184 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6185 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6186 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6187
6188 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6189 break;
6190
6191 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6192 {
6193 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6194 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6195
6196 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6197
6198 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6199 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6200 &newdot);
6201
6202 ldlang_check_relro_region (s);
6203
6204 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6205
6206 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6207 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6208 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6209 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6210 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6211 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6212
6213 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6214 {
6215 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6216 {
6217 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6218 the default memory address. */
6219 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6220 false)->current = newdot;
6221 }
6222 else if (newdot != dot)
6223 {
6224 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6225 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6226 assignment references dot. */
6227 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6228 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6229
6230 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6231 s = s->header.next;
6232
6233 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6234 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6235 user has explicitly stated that the section
6236 should not be allocated. */
6237 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6238 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6239 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6240 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6241 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6242 }
6243 dot = newdot;
6244 }
6245 }
6246 break;
6247
6248 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6249 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6250 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6251 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6252 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6253 will be added back in. */
6254 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6255
6256 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6257 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6258 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6259 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6260 a pad size of zero. */
6261 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6262 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6263 break;
6264
6265 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6266 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6267 output_section_statement,
6268 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6269 break;
6270
6271 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6272 break;
6273
6274 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6275 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6276 break;
6277
6278 default:
6279 FAIL ();
6280 break;
6281 }
6282
6283 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6284 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6285 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6286 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6287 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6288 {
6289 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6290 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6291 if (removed_prev_s)
6292 prev_s = NULL;
6293
6294 if (prev_s)
6295 {
6296 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6297 the current one. */
6298 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6299 s = prev_s;
6300 removed_prev_s = false;
6301 }
6302 else
6303 {
6304 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6305 *prev = s->header.next;
6306 removed_prev_s = true;
6307 }
6308
6309 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6310 list. */
6311 if (!removed_prev_s)
6312 prev = &s->header.next;
6313 }
6314 else
6315 {
6316 prev = &s->header.next;
6317 removed_prev_s = false;
6318 }
6319 }
6320 return dot;
6321 }
6322
6323 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6324 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6325 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6326 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6327
6328 bool
6329 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6330 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6331 asection *current_section,
6332 asection *previous_section,
6333 bool new_segment)
6334 {
6335 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6336 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6337
6338 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6339 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6340 if (new_segment)
6341 return true;
6342
6343 /* Paranoia checks. */
6344 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6345 return new_segment;
6346
6347 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6348 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6349 if (config.separate_code
6350 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6351 return true;
6352
6353 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6354 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6355 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6356 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6357 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6358 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6359
6360 /* More paranoia. */
6361 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6362 return new_segment;
6363
6364 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6365 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6366 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6367 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6368 return cur->region != prev->region;
6369 }
6370
6371 void
6372 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6373 {
6374 lang_statement_iteration++;
6375 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6376 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6377 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6378 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6379 }
6380
6381 static bool
6382 lang_size_segment (void)
6383 {
6384 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6385 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6386 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6387 bfd_vma first, last;
6388
6389 first = -seg->base & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6390 last = seg->end & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6391 if (first && last
6392 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1))
6393 != (seg->end & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1)))
6394 && first + last <= seg->commonpagesize)
6395 {
6396 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6397 return true;
6398 }
6399
6400 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6401 return false;
6402 }
6403
6404 static bfd_vma
6405 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (void)
6406 {
6407 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6408 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6409 asection *sec;
6410
6411 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6412 relro_end = (seg->relro_end + seg->relropagesize - 1) & -seg->relropagesize;
6413
6414 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6415 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6416
6417 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6418 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6419 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6420 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6421 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6422 {
6423 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6424 desired? */
6425 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6426
6427 end = start = sec->vma;
6428 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6429 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6430 bump = desired_end - end;
6431 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6432 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6433 start += bump;
6434 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6435 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6436 desired_end = start;
6437 }
6438
6439 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6440 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6441 seg->base = desired_end;
6442 return relro_end;
6443 }
6444
6445 static bool
6446 lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6447 {
6448 bool do_reset = false;
6449
6450 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6451 {
6452 bfd_vma data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6453 bfd_vma data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 ();
6454
6455 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6456 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6457
6458 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6459 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6460 if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6461 {
6462 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;
6463 do_reset = true;
6464 }
6465 }
6466 else if (lang_size_segment ())
6467 do_reset = true;
6468
6469 return do_reset;
6470 }
6471
6472 void
6473 lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6474 {
6475 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6476 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6477
6478 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6479
6480 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6481 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6482
6483 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6484 {
6485 bool do_reset
6486 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6487
6488 if (do_reset)
6489 {
6490 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6491 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6492 }
6493
6494 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6495 {
6496 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6497 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6498 }
6499 }
6500 }
6501
6502 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6503 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6504 static bool prefer_next_section;
6505
6506 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6507
6508 static bfd_vma
6509 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6510 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6511 fill_type *fill,
6512 bfd_vma dot,
6513 bool *found_end)
6514 {
6515 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6516 {
6517 switch (s->header.type)
6518 {
6519 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6520 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6521 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6522 break;
6523
6524 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6525 {
6526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6527 bfd_vma newdot;
6528
6529 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6530 os->after_end = *found_end;
6531 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6532 newdot = dot;
6533 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6534 {
6535 if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6536 {
6537 current_section = os;
6538 prefer_next_section = false;
6539 }
6540 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6541 }
6542 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6543 os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
6544 if (!os->ignored)
6545 {
6546 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6547 {
6548 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6549
6550 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6551 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6552 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6553 newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6554
6555 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6556 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6557 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
6558 }
6559 dot = newdot;
6560 }
6561 }
6562 break;
6563
6564 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6565
6566 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6567 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6568 break;
6569
6570 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6571 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6572 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6573 break;
6574
6575 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6576 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6577 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6578 {
6579 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6580 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6581 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6582 }
6583 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6584 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6585 {
6586 unsigned int size;
6587 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6588 {
6589 default:
6590 abort ();
6591 case QUAD:
6592 case SQUAD:
6593 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6594 break;
6595 case LONG:
6596 size = LONG_SIZE;
6597 break;
6598 case SHORT:
6599 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6600 break;
6601 case BYTE:
6602 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6603 break;
6604 }
6605 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6606 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6607 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6608 }
6609 break;
6610
6611 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6612 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6613 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6614 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6615 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6616 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6617 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6618 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6619 break;
6620
6621 case lang_input_section_enum:
6622 {
6623 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6624
6625 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6626 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6627 }
6628 break;
6629
6630 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6631 break;
6632
6633 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6634 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6635 break;
6636
6637 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6638 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6639 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6640 {
6641 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6642
6643 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6644 prefer_next_section = true;
6645
6646 while (*p == '_')
6647 ++p;
6648 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6649 *found_end = true;
6650 }
6651 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6652 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6653 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6654 &dot);
6655 break;
6656
6657 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6658 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6659 break;
6660
6661 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6662 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6663 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6664 break;
6665
6666 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6667 break;
6668
6669 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6670 break;
6671
6672 default:
6673 FAIL ();
6674 break;
6675 }
6676 }
6677 return dot;
6678 }
6679
6680 void
6681 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6682 {
6683 bool found_end = false;
6684
6685 current_section = NULL;
6686 prefer_next_section = false;
6687 expld.phase = phase;
6688 lang_statement_iteration++;
6689 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6690 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6691 }
6692
6693 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6694 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6695 of "dot". */
6696
6697 asection *
6698 section_for_dot (void)
6699 {
6700 asection *s;
6701
6702 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6703 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6704 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6705 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6706 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6707 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6708 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6709 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6710 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6711 {
6712 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6713 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6714
6715 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6716 stmt != NULL;
6717 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6718 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6719 break;
6720
6721 os = stmt ? &stmt->output_section_statement : NULL;
6722 while (os != NULL
6723 && !os->after_end
6724 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6725 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6726 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6727 os->bfd_section)))
6728 os = os->next;
6729
6730 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6731 {
6732 if (os != NULL)
6733 s = os->bfd_section;
6734 else
6735 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6736 while (s != NULL
6737 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6738 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6739 s = s->prev;
6740 if (s != NULL)
6741 return s;
6742
6743 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6744 }
6745 }
6746
6747 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6748
6749 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6750 while (s != NULL
6751 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6752 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6753 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6754 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6755 s = s->prev;
6756 if (s == NULL)
6757 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6758 while (s != NULL
6759 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6760 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6761 s = s->next;
6762 if (s != NULL)
6763 return s;
6764
6765 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6766 }
6767
6768 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6769
6770 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6771 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6772 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6773
6774 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6775 to start_stop_syms. */
6776
6777 static void
6778 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6779 {
6780 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6781
6782 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6783 if (h != NULL)
6784 {
6785 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6786 {
6787 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6788 start_stop_syms
6789 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6790 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6791 }
6792 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6793 }
6794 }
6795
6796 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6797 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6798 preliminary definitions. */
6799
6800 static void
6801 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6802 {
6803 bfd *abfd;
6804 asection *s;
6805 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6806
6807 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6808 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6809 {
6810 const char *ps;
6811 const char *secname = s->name;
6812
6813 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6814 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6815 break;
6816 if (*ps == '\0')
6817 {
6818 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6819
6820 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6821 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6822 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6823
6824 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6825 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6826 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6827
6828 free (symbol);
6829 }
6830 }
6831 }
6832
6833 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6834
6835 static void
6836 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6837 {
6838 size_t i;
6839
6840 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6841 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6842 }
6843
6844 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6845 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6846 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6847 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6848 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6849
6850 static void
6851 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6852 {
6853 if (h->ldscript_def)
6854 return;
6855
6856 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6857 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6858 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6859 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6860 {
6861 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6862 h->u.def.section->name);
6863 if (sec != NULL)
6864 {
6865 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6866 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6867 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6868 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6869 if there is still an output section with section name
6870 SECNAME. */
6871 asection *i;
6872 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6873 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6874 {
6875 h->u.def.section = i;
6876 return;
6877 }
6878 }
6879 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6880 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6881 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
6882 {
6883 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6884 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6885 unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
6886
6887 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6888 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
6889 if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
6890 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
6891 eh->def_regular = 0;
6892 eh->forced_local = was_forced;
6893 }
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 static void
6898 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6899 {
6900 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6901 }
6902
6903 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6904 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6905 preliminary definitions. */
6906
6907 static void
6908 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6909 {
6910 asection *s;
6911
6912 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6913 {
6914 const char *secname = s->name;
6915 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6916
6917 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6918 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6919
6920 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6921 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6922 free (symbol);
6923 }
6924 }
6925
6926 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6927
6928 static void
6929 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6930 {
6931 if (h->ldscript_def
6932 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6933 return;
6934
6935 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6936 {
6937 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6938 .startof. already has final value. */
6939 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6940 {
6941 /* .sizeof. */
6942 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6943 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6944 }
6945 }
6946 else
6947 {
6948 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6949 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6950
6951 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6952 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6953 {
6954 /* __stop_ */
6955 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6956 }
6957 }
6958 }
6959
6960 static void
6961 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6962 {
6963 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6964 }
6965
6966 static void
6967 lang_symbol_tweaks (void)
6968 {
6969 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
6970 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
6971 be done before lang_do_assignments. */
6972 if (config.build_constructors)
6973 lang_init_start_stop ();
6974
6975 /* Make __ehdr_start hidden, and set def_regular even though it is
6976 likely undefined at this stage. For lang_check_relocs. */
6977 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)
6978 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6979 {
6980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
6981 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__ehdr_start",
6982 false, false, true);
6983
6984 /* Only adjust the export class if the symbol was referenced
6985 and not defined, otherwise leave it alone. */
6986 if (h != NULL
6987 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
6988 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6989 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6990 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
6991 {
6992 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6993 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6994 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, h, true);
6995 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_INTERNAL)
6996 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
6997 h->def_regular = 1;
6998 h->root.linker_def = 1;
6999 h->root.rel_from_abs = 1;
7000 }
7001 }
7002 }
7003
7004 static void
7005 lang_end (void)
7006 {
7007 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7008 bool warn;
7009
7010 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
7011 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
7012 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
7013 else
7014 warn = true;
7015
7016 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
7017 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
7018 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7019 && link_info.gc_sections
7020 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
7021 {
7022 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7023
7024 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
7025 {
7026 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
7027 false, false, false);
7028 if (h != NULL
7029 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7030 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7031 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
7032 break;
7033 }
7034 if (!sym)
7035 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
7036 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
7037 }
7038
7039 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7040 {
7041 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
7042 don't warn if we don't find it. */
7043 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
7044 warn = false;
7045 }
7046
7047 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
7048 false, false, true);
7049 if (h != NULL
7050 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7051 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7052 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
7053 {
7054 bfd_vma val;
7055
7056 val = (h->u.def.value
7057 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
7058 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
7059 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7060 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
7061 }
7062 else
7063 {
7064 bfd_vma val;
7065 const char *send;
7066
7067 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
7068 number. */
7069 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
7070 if (*send == '\0')
7071 {
7072 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7073 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7074 }
7075 /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
7076 else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
7077 {
7078 asection *ts;
7079
7080 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
7081 the first address in the text section. */
7082 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
7083 if (ts != NULL)
7084 {
7085 if (warn)
7086 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7087 " defaulting to %V\n"),
7088 entry_symbol.name,
7089 bfd_section_vma (ts));
7090 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
7091 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
7092 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7093 }
7094 else
7095 {
7096 if (warn)
7097 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7098 " not setting start address\n"),
7099 entry_symbol.name);
7100 }
7101 }
7102 else
7103 {
7104 if (warn)
7105 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7106 " not setting start address\n"),
7107 entry_symbol.name);
7108 }
7109 }
7110 }
7111
7112 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
7113 BFD. */
7114
7115 static void
7116 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7117 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7118 {
7119 /* Don't do anything. */
7120 }
7121
7122 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
7123 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
7124 other checking that is needed. */
7125
7126 static void
7127 lang_check (void)
7128 {
7129 lang_input_statement_type *file;
7130 bfd *input_bfd;
7131 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
7132
7133 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
7134 file != NULL;
7135 file = file->next)
7136 {
7137 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7138 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
7139 if (file->flags.claimed)
7140 continue;
7141 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7142 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
7143 compatible
7144 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
7145 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
7146
7147 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
7148 link between differing object formats when the input
7149 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
7150 input format may not have equivalent representations in
7151 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
7152 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
7153 if (!file->flags.just_syms
7154 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7155 || link_info.emitrelocations)
7156 && (compatible == NULL
7157 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
7158 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
7159 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
7160 {
7161 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7162 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7163 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7164 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7165 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7166 }
7167
7168 if (compatible == NULL)
7169 {
7170 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7171 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7172 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7173 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7174 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7175 }
7176
7177 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7178 private data of the output bfd. */
7179 else if (!file->flags.just_syms
7180 && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7181 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
7182 {
7183 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7184
7185 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7186 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7187 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7188 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7189 information which is needed in the output file. */
7190 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7191 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7192 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7193 {
7194 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7195 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7196 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7197 }
7198 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7199 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7200 }
7201 }
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7205 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7206 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7207
7208 static void
7209 lang_common (void)
7210 {
7211 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7212 return;
7213 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7214 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7215 return;
7216
7217 if (!config.sort_common)
7218 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7219 else
7220 {
7221 unsigned int power;
7222
7223 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7224 {
7225 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7226 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7227
7228 power = 0;
7229 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7230 }
7231 else
7232 {
7233 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7234 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7235
7236 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7237 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7238 }
7239 }
7240 }
7241
7242 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7243
7244 static bool
7245 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7246 {
7247 unsigned int power_of_two;
7248 bfd_vma size;
7249 asection *section;
7250
7251 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7252 return true;
7253
7254 size = h->u.c.size;
7255 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7256
7257 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7258 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7259 return true;
7260 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7261 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7262 return true;
7263
7264 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7265 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7266 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7267 h->root.string);
7268
7269 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7270 {
7271 static bool header_printed;
7272 int len;
7273 char *name;
7274 char buf[50];
7275
7276 if (!header_printed)
7277 {
7278 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7279 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7280 header_printed = true;
7281 }
7282
7283 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7284 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7285 if (name == NULL)
7286 {
7287 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7288 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7289 }
7290 else
7291 {
7292 minfo ("%s", name);
7293 len = strlen (name);
7294 free (name);
7295 }
7296
7297 if (len >= 19)
7298 {
7299 print_nl ();
7300 len = 0;
7301 }
7302 while (len < 20)
7303 {
7304 print_space ();
7305 ++len;
7306 }
7307
7308 minfo ("0x");
7309 sprintf (buf, "%" PRIx64, (uint64_t) size);
7310 minfo ("%s", buf);
7311 len = strlen (buf);
7312
7313 while (len < 16)
7314 {
7315 print_space ();
7316 ++len;
7317 }
7318
7319 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7320 }
7321
7322 return true;
7323 }
7324
7325 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7326 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7327 option are handled here. */
7328
7329 static void
7330 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7331 {
7332 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7333 {
7334 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7335 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
7336 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7337 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7338 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7339 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7340 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7341 }
7342 else
7343 {
7344 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7345 const char *name = s->name;
7346 int constraint = 0;
7347
7348 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7349 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7350 s, s->owner);
7351
7352 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7353 constraint = SPECIAL;
7354
7355 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7356 if (os == NULL)
7357 {
7358 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
7359 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7360 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7361 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7362 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7363 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7364 }
7365
7366 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7367 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7368 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7369 s, s->owner, os->name);
7370 }
7371 }
7372
7373 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7374 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7375 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7376
7377 static void
7378 lang_place_orphans (void)
7379 {
7380 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7381 {
7382 asection *s;
7383
7384 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7385 {
7386 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7387 {
7388 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7389 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7390
7391 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7392 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7393 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7394 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7395 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7396 {
7397 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7398 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7399 with the wildcard. */
7400 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7401 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7402 {
7403 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7404 default_common_section
7405 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
7406 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7407 NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
7408 }
7409 }
7410 else
7411 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7412 }
7413 }
7414 }
7415 }
7416
7417 void
7418 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7419 {
7420 flagword *ptr_flags;
7421
7422 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7423
7424 while (*flags)
7425 {
7426 switch (*flags)
7427 {
7428 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7429 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7430 case '!':
7431 invert = !invert;
7432 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7433 break;
7434
7435 case 'A': case 'a':
7436 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7437 break;
7438
7439 case 'R': case 'r':
7440 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7441 break;
7442
7443 case 'W': case 'w':
7444 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7445 break;
7446
7447 case 'X': case 'x':
7448 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7449 break;
7450
7451 case 'L': case 'l':
7452 case 'I': case 'i':
7453 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7454 break;
7455
7456 default:
7457 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7458 *flags, *flags);
7459 break;
7460 }
7461 flags++;
7462 }
7463 }
7464
7465 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7466 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7467
7468 void
7469 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7470 {
7471 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7472
7473 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7474 f != NULL;
7475 f = f->next_real_file)
7476 if (f->flags.real)
7477 func (f);
7478 }
7479
7480 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7481 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7482 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7483
7484 void
7485 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7486 {
7487 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7488 {
7489 if (f->flags.real)
7490 func (f);
7491 }
7492 }
7493
7494 void
7495 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7496 {
7497 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7498
7499 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7500 a link. */
7501 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7502 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7503 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7504
7505 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7506 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7507 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7508 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7509
7510 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7511 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7512 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7513 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7514 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7515 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7516 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7517 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7518 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7519
7520 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7521 }
7522
7523 void
7524 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7525 {
7526 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7527 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7528 {
7529 output_filename = name;
7530 had_output_filename = true;
7531 }
7532 }
7533
7534 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7535 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7536 etree_type *address_exp,
7537 enum section_type sectype,
7538 etree_type *sectype_value,
7539 etree_type *align,
7540 etree_type *subalign,
7541 etree_type *ebase,
7542 int constraint,
7543 int align_with_input)
7544 {
7545 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7546
7547 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7548 constraint, 2);
7549 current_section = os;
7550
7551 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7552 {
7553 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7554 }
7555 os->sectype = sectype;
7556 if (sectype == type_section || sectype == typed_readonly_section)
7557 os->sectype_value = sectype_value;
7558 else if (sectype == noload_section)
7559 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7560 else
7561 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7562 os->block_value = 1;
7563
7564 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7565 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7566
7567 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7568 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7569 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7570 NULL);
7571
7572 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7573 os->section_alignment = align;
7574
7575 os->load_base = ebase;
7576 return os;
7577 }
7578
7579 void
7580 lang_final (void)
7581 {
7582 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7583
7584 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7585 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7586 }
7587
7588 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7589
7590 void
7591 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7592 {
7593 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7594 asection *o;
7595 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7596
7597 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7598 {
7599 p->current = p->origin;
7600 p->last_os = NULL;
7601 }
7602
7603 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7604 os != NULL;
7605 os = os->next)
7606 {
7607 os->processed_vma = false;
7608 os->processed_lma = false;
7609 }
7610
7611 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7612 {
7613 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7614 o->rawsize = o->size;
7615 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7616 o->size = 0;
7617 }
7618 }
7619
7620 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7621
7622 static void
7623 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7624 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7625 asection *section,
7626 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7627 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7628 {
7629 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7630 should be as well. */
7631 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7632 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7633 }
7634
7635 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7636
7637 static void
7638 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7639 {
7640 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7641 {
7642 switch (s->header.type)
7643 {
7644 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7645 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7646 break;
7647 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7648 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7649 break;
7650 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7651 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7652 break;
7653 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7654 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7655 break;
7656 default:
7657 break;
7658 }
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 static void
7663 lang_gc_sections (void)
7664 {
7665 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7666 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7667
7668 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7669 the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7670 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7671 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7672 {
7673 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7674 {
7675 asection *sec;
7676 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7677 if (f->flags.claimed)
7678 continue;
7679 #endif
7680 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7681 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
7682 || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
7683 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7684 }
7685 }
7686
7687 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7688 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7692
7693 static void
7694 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7695 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7696 asection *section,
7697 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7698 void *data)
7699 {
7700 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7701 size. */
7702 if (section->output_section != NULL
7703 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7704 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7705 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7706 && section->size != 0)
7707 {
7708 bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
7709 *has_relro_section = true;
7710 }
7711 }
7712
7713 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7714
7715 static void
7716 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7717 bool *has_relro_section)
7718 {
7719 if (*has_relro_section)
7720 return;
7721
7722 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7723 {
7724 if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
7725 break;
7726
7727 switch (s->header.type)
7728 {
7729 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7730 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7731 find_relro_section_callback,
7732 has_relro_section);
7733 break;
7734 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7735 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7736 has_relro_section);
7737 break;
7738 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7739 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7740 has_relro_section);
7741 break;
7742 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7743 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7744 has_relro_section);
7745 break;
7746 default:
7747 break;
7748 }
7749 }
7750 }
7751
7752 static void
7753 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7754 {
7755 bool has_relro_section = false;
7756
7757 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7758
7759 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7760 &has_relro_section);
7761
7762 if (!has_relro_section)
7763 link_info.relro = false;
7764 }
7765
7766 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7767
7768 void
7769 lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
7770 {
7771 /* NB: Also enable relaxation to layout sections for DT_RELR. */
7772 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED || link_info.enable_dt_relr)
7773 {
7774 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7775 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7776
7777 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7778 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7779
7780 while (i--)
7781 {
7782 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7783 bool relax_again;
7784
7785 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7786 do
7787 {
7788 link_info.relax_trip++;
7789
7790 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7791 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7792 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7793
7794 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7795 section sizes. */
7796 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7797
7798 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7799 size. */
7800 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7801
7802 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7803 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7804 relax_again = false;
7805 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
7806 }
7807 while (relax_again);
7808
7809 link_info.relax_pass++;
7810 }
7811 need_layout = true;
7812 }
7813
7814 if (need_layout)
7815 {
7816 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7817 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7818 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7819 lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
7820 }
7821 }
7822
7823 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7824 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7825 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7826 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7827 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7828 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7829 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7830 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7831 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7832 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7833 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7834
7835 static lang_input_statement_type *
7836 find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
7837 {
7838 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7839 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7840 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7841 claim1 != NULL;
7842 claim1 = claim1->next)
7843 {
7844 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7845 {
7846 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7847 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7848 }
7849 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7850 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7851 lastobject = claim1;
7852 }
7853 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7854 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7855 insert point. */
7856 *before = false;
7857 return lastobject;
7858 }
7859
7860 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7861 added during a rescan. */
7862
7863 static lang_input_statement_type **
7864 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7865 {
7866 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7867 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7868 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7869 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7870 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7871
7872 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7873 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7874
7875 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7876 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7877 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7878 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7879 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7880 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7881 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7882 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7883 f != NULL;
7884 f = f->next_real_file)
7885 {
7886 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7887 {
7888 before = last_loaded;
7889 if (f->next != NULL)
7890 return &f->next->next;
7891 }
7892 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7893 last_loaded = f;
7894 }
7895
7896 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7897 *iter != NULL;
7898 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7899 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7900 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7901 break;
7902
7903 return iter;
7904 }
7905
7906 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7907 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7908 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7909
7910 static void
7911 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7912 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7913 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7914 {
7915 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7916 *field = srclist->head;
7917 if (destlist->tail == field)
7918 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7919 }
7920
7921 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7922 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7923
7924 static void
7925 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7926 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7927 {
7928 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7929 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7930 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7931 savetail = origlist->tail;
7932 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7933 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7934 destlist->tail = savetail;
7935 *savetail = NULL;
7936 }
7937
7938 static lang_statement_union_type **
7939 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7940 {
7941 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7942 {
7943 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7944 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7945 {
7946 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7947 return s;
7948 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7949 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7950 break;
7951 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7952 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7953 break;
7954 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7955 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7956 break;
7957 default:
7958 continue;
7959 }
7960 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7961 if (*t)
7962 return t;
7963 }
7964 return s;
7965 }
7966 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7967
7968 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7969
7970 void
7971 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7972 {
7973 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7974
7975 if (name == NULL)
7976 return;
7977
7978 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7979
7980 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7981 sym->name = name;
7982 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7983 }
7984
7985 /* Check relocations. */
7986
7987 static void
7988 lang_check_relocs (void)
7989 {
7990 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7991 {
7992 bfd *abfd;
7993
7994 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7995 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7996 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7997 {
7998 /* No object output, fail return. */
7999 config.make_executable = false;
8000 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
8001 continue the scan in case there are other
8002 bad relocations to report. */
8003 }
8004 }
8005 }
8006
8007 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
8008 propagate forward the lma region. */
8009
8010 static void
8011 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
8012 {
8013 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8014
8015 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8016 os != NULL;
8017 os = os->next)
8018 {
8019 if (os->prev != NULL
8020 && os->lma_region == NULL
8021 && os->load_base == NULL
8022 && os->addr_tree == NULL
8023 && os->region == os->prev->region)
8024 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
8025 }
8026 }
8027
8028 void
8029 lang_process (void)
8030 {
8031 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
8032 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8033 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
8034
8035 current_target = default_target;
8036
8037 /* Open the output file. */
8038 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
8039 init_opb (NULL);
8040
8041 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
8042
8043 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
8044 lang_place_undefineds ();
8045
8046 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
8047 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
8048
8049 /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
8050 references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
8051 added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
8052 means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
8053 trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
8054 lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
8055 lang_do_memory_regions (false);
8056
8057 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
8058 current_target = default_target;
8059 lang_statement_iteration++;
8060 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8061
8062 /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
8063 statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
8064 lang_do_memory_regions (true);
8065
8066 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
8067 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
8068 {
8069 lang_statement_list_type added;
8070 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
8071
8072 ldemul_before_plugin_all_symbols_read ();
8073
8074 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
8075 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
8076 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
8077 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
8078 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
8079 file. */
8080 added = *stat_ptr;
8081 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
8082 files = file_chain;
8083 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
8084 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
8085 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
8086 plugin_error_plugin ());
8087 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
8088 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
8089 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
8090 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8091 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
8092 plugin_undefs = NULL;
8093 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
8094 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
8095 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
8096 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8097 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
8098 /* Were any new files added? */
8099 if (added.head != NULL)
8100 {
8101 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
8102 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
8103 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
8104 immediately before. */
8105 bool before;
8106 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
8107 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
8108 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
8109 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
8110 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
8111 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
8112 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
8113 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
8114 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8115 if (before)
8116 {
8117 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
8118 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
8119 {
8120 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
8121 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
8122 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8123 }
8124 }
8125 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
8126 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
8127 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
8128 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
8129 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
8130 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
8131 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
8132 if (plugin_insert->filename)
8133 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
8134 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
8135 else
8136 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
8137
8138 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
8139 files = file_chain;
8140 lang_statement_iteration++;
8141 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
8142 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8143 while (files.head != NULL)
8144 {
8145 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
8146 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
8147 bfd *my_arch;
8148
8149 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
8150 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
8151 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
8152 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
8153 if (my_arch != NULL)
8154 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
8155 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
8156 break;
8157 temp = *insert;
8158 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
8159 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
8160 *iter = temp;
8161 if (my_arch != NULL)
8162 {
8163 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
8164 if (parent != NULL)
8165 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
8166 ((char *) iter
8167 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
8168 }
8169 }
8170 }
8171 }
8172 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8173
8174 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8175 before now. */
8176 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8177
8178 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8179
8180 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8181 {
8182 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8183
8184 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8185 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8186 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8187 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8188 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8189 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8190 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8191 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8192 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8193 }
8194
8195 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8196 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8197
8198 ldemul_after_open ();
8199 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8200 lang_print_asneeded ();
8201
8202 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8203
8204 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8205
8206 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8207 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8208 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8209 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8210 link. */
8211 lang_check ();
8212
8213 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8214 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8215 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8216
8217 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8218 files. */
8219 ldctor_build_sets ();
8220
8221 lang_symbol_tweaks ();
8222
8223 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8224 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8225 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8226 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8227
8228 /* Size up the common data. */
8229 lang_common ();
8230
8231 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8232 lang_gc_sections ();
8233
8234 lang_mark_undefineds ();
8235
8236 /* Check relocations. */
8237 lang_check_relocs ();
8238
8239 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8240
8241 /* Update wild statements. */
8242 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8243
8244 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8245 to the correct output sections. */
8246 lang_statement_iteration++;
8247 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8248
8249 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8250 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8251 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8252
8253 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8254
8255 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8256 lang_place_orphans ();
8257
8258 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8259 {
8260 asection *found;
8261
8262 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8263 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8264 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8265 is hard then. */
8266 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8267
8268 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8269 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8270
8271 if (found != NULL)
8272 {
8273 if (config.text_read_only)
8274 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8275 else
8276 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8277 }
8278 }
8279
8280 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8281 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8282 lang_merge_ctf ();
8283
8284 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8285 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8286 lang_write_ctf (0);
8287
8288 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8289 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8290
8291 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8292 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8293 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8294 if (config.build_constructors)
8295 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8296
8297 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8298 dynamic symbols are created. */
8299 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8300 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8301
8302 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8303 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8304 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8305
8306 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8307 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8308 lang_record_phdrs ();
8309
8310 /* Check relro sections. */
8311 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8312 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8313
8314 /* Size up the sections. */
8315 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8316
8317 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8318 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8319 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8320
8321 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8322 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8323
8324 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8325 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8326 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8327 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8328 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8329 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8330
8331 ldemul_finish ();
8332
8333 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8334 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8335
8336 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8337 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8338 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8339
8340 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8341 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8342
8343 lang_end ();
8344 }
8345
8346 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8347
8348 void
8349 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8350 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8351 bool keep_sections)
8352 {
8353 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8354 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8355
8356 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8357 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8358 curr != NULL;
8359 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8360 {
8361 next = curr->next;
8362 curr->next = section_list;
8363 }
8364
8365 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8366 {
8367 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8368 filespec->name = NULL;
8369 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8370 lang_has_input_file = true;
8371 }
8372
8373 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8374 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8375 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
8376 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8377 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8378 if (filespec != NULL)
8379 {
8380 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8381 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8382 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8383 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8384 }
8385 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8386 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8387 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8388 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8389 }
8390
8391 void
8392 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8393 const segment_type *segment)
8394 {
8395 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8396
8397 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8398 ad->section_name = name;
8399 ad->address = address;
8400 ad->segment = segment;
8401 }
8402
8403 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8404 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8405 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8406 precedence. */
8407
8408 void
8409 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
8410 {
8411 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8412 || cmdline
8413 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8414 {
8415 entry_symbol.name = name;
8416 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8417 }
8418 }
8419
8420 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8421 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8422 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8423 must be permanently allocated. */
8424 void
8425 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8426 {
8427 entry_symbol_default = name;
8428 }
8429
8430 void
8431 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8432 {
8433 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8434
8435 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8436 new_stmt->target = name;
8437 }
8438
8439 void
8440 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8441 {
8442 while (*name)
8443 {
8444 switch (*name)
8445 {
8446 case 'F':
8447 map_option_f = true;
8448 break;
8449 }
8450 name++;
8451 }
8452 }
8453
8454 void
8455 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8456 {
8457 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8458
8459 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8460 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8461 }
8462
8463 void
8464 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8465 {
8466 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8467
8468 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8469 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8470 new_stmt->type = type;
8471 }
8472
8473 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8474 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8475 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8476 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8477 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8478 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8479
8480 void
8481 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8482 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8483 asection *section,
8484 const char *name,
8485 union etree_union *addend)
8486 {
8487 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8488
8489 p->reloc = reloc;
8490 p->howto = howto;
8491 p->section = section;
8492 p->name = name;
8493 p->addend_exp = addend;
8494
8495 p->addend_value = 0;
8496 p->output_section = NULL;
8497 p->output_offset = 0;
8498 }
8499
8500 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8501 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8502 {
8503 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8504
8505 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8506 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8507 return new_stmt;
8508 }
8509
8510 void
8511 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8512 {
8513 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8514 }
8515
8516 void
8517 lang_startup (const char *name)
8518 {
8519 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8520 {
8521 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8522 }
8523 first_file->filename = name;
8524 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8525 first_file->flags.real = true;
8526 }
8527
8528 void
8529 lang_float (bool maybe)
8530 {
8531 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8532 }
8533
8534
8535 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8536 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8537
8538 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8539 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8540 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8541 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8542 had an explicit load address.
8543
8544 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8545
8546 static void
8547 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8548 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8549 const char *memspec,
8550 const char *lma_memspec,
8551 bool have_lma,
8552 bool have_vma)
8553 {
8554 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
8555
8556 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8557 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8558 as well. */
8559 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8560 && !have_vma
8561 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8562 *region = *lma_region;
8563 else
8564 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
8565
8566 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8567 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8568 NULL);
8569 }
8570
8571 void
8572 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8573 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8574 const char *lma_memspec)
8575 {
8576 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8577 &current_section->lma_region,
8578 memspec, lma_memspec,
8579 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8580 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8581
8582 current_section->fill = fill;
8583 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8584 pop_stat_ptr ();
8585 }
8586
8587 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8588
8589 void
8590 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8591 const char *big,
8592 const char *little,
8593 int from_script)
8594 {
8595 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8596 {
8597 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8598 && big != NULL)
8599 format = big;
8600 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8601 && little != NULL)
8602 format = little;
8603
8604 output_target = format;
8605 }
8606 }
8607
8608 void
8609 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8610 {
8611 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8612
8613 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8614 new_stmt->where = where;
8615 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8616 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8617 }
8618
8619 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8620 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8621
8622 void
8623 lang_enter_group (void)
8624 {
8625 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8626
8627 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8628 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8629 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8630 }
8631
8632 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8633 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8634 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8635 but currently they can't. */
8636
8637 void
8638 lang_leave_group (void)
8639 {
8640 pop_stat_ptr ();
8641 }
8642
8643 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8644 command in a linker script. */
8645
8646 void
8647 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8648 etree_type *type,
8649 bool filehdr,
8650 bool phdrs,
8651 etree_type *at,
8652 etree_type *flags)
8653 {
8654 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8655 bool hdrs;
8656
8657 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8658 n->next = NULL;
8659 n->name = name;
8660 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8661 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8662 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8663 n->at = at;
8664 n->flags = flags;
8665
8666 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8667
8668 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8669 if (hdrs
8670 && (*pp)->type == 1
8671 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8672 {
8673 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8674 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8675 hdrs = false;
8676 }
8677
8678 *pp = n;
8679 }
8680
8681 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8682 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8683
8684 static void
8685 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8686 {
8687 unsigned int alc;
8688 asection **secs;
8689 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8690 struct lang_phdr *l;
8691 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8692
8693 alc = 10;
8694 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8695 last = NULL;
8696
8697 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8698 {
8699 unsigned int c;
8700 flagword flags;
8701 bfd_vma at;
8702
8703 c = 0;
8704 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8705 os != NULL;
8706 os = os->next)
8707 {
8708 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8709
8710 if (os->constraint < 0)
8711 continue;
8712
8713 pl = os->phdrs;
8714 if (pl != NULL)
8715 last = pl;
8716 else
8717 {
8718 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8719 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8720 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8721 continue;
8722
8723 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8724 if (l->type == 3)
8725 continue;
8726
8727 if (last == NULL)
8728 {
8729 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8730
8731 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8732 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8733 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8734 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8735 header and there are sections in that script which are
8736 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8737 use of that header. See here for more details:
8738 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8739 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8740 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8741 {
8742 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8743 break;
8744 }
8745 if (last == NULL)
8746 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8747 }
8748 pl = last;
8749 }
8750
8751 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8752 continue;
8753
8754 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8755 {
8756 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8757 {
8758 if (c >= alc)
8759 {
8760 alc *= 2;
8761 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8762 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8763 }
8764 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8765 ++c;
8766 pl->used = true;
8767 }
8768 }
8769 }
8770
8771 if (l->flags == NULL)
8772 flags = 0;
8773 else
8774 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8775
8776 if (l->at == NULL)
8777 at = 0;
8778 else
8779 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8780
8781 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8782 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8783 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8784 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8785 }
8786
8787 free (secs);
8788
8789 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8790 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8791 os != NULL;
8792 os = os->next)
8793 {
8794 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8795
8796 if (os->constraint < 0
8797 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8798 continue;
8799
8800 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8801 pl != NULL;
8802 pl = pl->next)
8803 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8804 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8805 os->name, pl->name);
8806 }
8807 }
8808
8809 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8810
8811 void
8812 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8813 {
8814 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8815
8816 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8817 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8818 n->list = l;
8819 n->onlyfirst = false;
8820 nocrossref_list = n;
8821
8822 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8823 link_info.notice_all = true;
8824 }
8825
8826 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8827
8828 void
8829 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8830 {
8831 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8832 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
8833 }
8834 \f
8835 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8836
8837 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8838 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8839 /* And subsection alignment. */
8840 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8841
8842 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8843 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8844
8845 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8846
8847 struct overlay_list {
8848 struct overlay_list *next;
8849 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8850 };
8851
8852 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8853
8854 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8855
8856 void
8857 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8858 {
8859 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8860 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8861 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8862 && overlay_max == NULL);
8863
8864 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8865 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8869 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8870 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8871
8872 void
8873 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8874 {
8875 struct overlay_list *n;
8876 etree_type *size;
8877
8878 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8879 0, 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8880
8881 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8882 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8883 used in the addresses. */
8884 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8885 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8886
8887 /* Remember the section. */
8888 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8889 n->os = current_section;
8890 n->next = overlay_list;
8891 overlay_list = n;
8892
8893 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8894
8895 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8896 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8897 overlay_max = size;
8898 else
8899 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8900 }
8901
8902 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8903 here. */
8904
8905 void
8906 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8907 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8908 {
8909 const char *name;
8910 char *clean, *s2;
8911 const char *s1;
8912 char *buf;
8913
8914 name = current_section->name;
8915
8916 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8917 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8918 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8919 override it. */
8920 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8921
8922 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8923
8924 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8925 s2 = clean;
8926 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8927 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8928 *s2++ = *s1;
8929 *s2 = '\0';
8930
8931 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8932 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8933 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8934 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8935 false));
8936
8937 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8938 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8939 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8940 exp_binop ('+',
8941 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8942 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8943 false));
8944
8945 free (clean);
8946 }
8947
8948 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8949 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8950
8951 void
8952 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8953 int nocrossrefs,
8954 fill_type *fill,
8955 const char *memspec,
8956 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8957 const char *lma_memspec)
8958 {
8959 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8960 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8961 struct overlay_list *l;
8962 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8963
8964 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8965 memspec, lma_memspec,
8966 lma_expr != NULL, false);
8967
8968 nocrossref = NULL;
8969
8970 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8971 overlay region. */
8972 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8973 {
8974 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8975 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8976 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
8977 }
8978
8979 l = overlay_list;
8980 while (l != NULL)
8981 {
8982 struct overlay_list *next;
8983
8984 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8985 l->os->fill = fill;
8986
8987 l->os->region = region;
8988 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8989
8990 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8991 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8992 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8993 an LMA region was specified. */
8994 if (l->next == 0)
8995 {
8996 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8997 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8998 }
8999 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
9000 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
9001
9002 if (nocrossrefs)
9003 {
9004 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
9005
9006 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
9007 nc->name = l->os->name;
9008 nc->next = nocrossref;
9009 nocrossref = nc;
9010 }
9011
9012 next = l->next;
9013 free (l);
9014 l = next;
9015 }
9016
9017 if (nocrossref != NULL)
9018 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
9019
9020 overlay_vma = NULL;
9021 overlay_list = NULL;
9022 overlay_max = NULL;
9023 overlay_subalign = NULL;
9024 }
9025 \f
9026 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
9027
9028 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
9029 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
9030 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
9031
9032 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9033 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
9034 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
9035 const char *sym)
9036 {
9037 const char *c_sym;
9038 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
9039 const char *java_sym = sym;
9040 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
9041 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
9042
9043 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
9044 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
9045 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
9046 if (!c_sym)
9047 c_sym = sym;
9048 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
9049
9050 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9051 {
9052 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
9053 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
9054 if (!cxx_sym)
9055 cxx_sym = sym;
9056 }
9057 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9058 {
9059 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
9060 if (!java_sym)
9061 java_sym = sym;
9062 }
9063
9064 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
9065 {
9066 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
9067
9068 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
9069 {
9070 case 0:
9071 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9072 {
9073 e.pattern = c_sym;
9074 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9075 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9076 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
9077 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9078 goto out_ret;
9079 else
9080 expr = expr->next;
9081 }
9082 /* Fallthrough */
9083 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
9084 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9085 {
9086 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
9087 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9088 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9089 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
9090 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9091 goto out_ret;
9092 else
9093 expr = expr->next;
9094 }
9095 /* Fallthrough */
9096 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
9097 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9098 {
9099 e.pattern = java_sym;
9100 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9101 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9102 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
9103 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9104 goto out_ret;
9105 else
9106 expr = expr->next;
9107 }
9108 /* Fallthrough */
9109 default:
9110 break;
9111 }
9112 }
9113
9114 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
9115 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
9116 expr = head->remaining;
9117 else
9118 expr = prev->next;
9119 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
9120 {
9121 const char *s;
9122
9123 if (!expr->pattern)
9124 continue;
9125
9126 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
9127 break;
9128
9129 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9130 s = java_sym;
9131 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9132 s = cxx_sym;
9133 else
9134 s = c_sym;
9135 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
9136 break;
9137 }
9138
9139 out_ret:
9140 if (c_sym != sym)
9141 free ((char *) c_sym);
9142 if (cxx_sym != sym)
9143 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
9144 if (java_sym != sym)
9145 free ((char *) java_sym);
9146 return expr;
9147 }
9148
9149 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
9150 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
9151
9152 static const char *
9153 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
9154 {
9155 const char *p;
9156 bool changed = false, backslash = false;
9157 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
9158
9159 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
9160 {
9161 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
9162 backslash. */
9163 if (backslash)
9164 {
9165 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
9166 *(s - 1) = *p;
9167 backslash = false;
9168 changed = true;
9169 }
9170 else
9171 {
9172 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9173 {
9174 free (symbol);
9175 return NULL;
9176 }
9177
9178 *s++ = *p;
9179 backslash = *p == '\\';
9180 }
9181 }
9182
9183 if (changed)
9184 {
9185 *s = '\0';
9186 return symbol;
9187 }
9188 else
9189 {
9190 free (symbol);
9191 return pattern;
9192 }
9193 }
9194
9195 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9196 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9197 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9198
9199 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9200 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9201 const char *new_name,
9202 const char *lang,
9203 bool literal_p)
9204 {
9205 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9206
9207 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9208 ret->next = orig;
9209 ret->symver = 0;
9210 ret->script = 0;
9211 ret->literal = true;
9212 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9213 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9214 {
9215 ret->pattern = new_name;
9216 ret->literal = false;
9217 }
9218
9219 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9220 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9221 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9222 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9223 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9224 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9225 else
9226 {
9227 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9228 lang);
9229 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9230 }
9231
9232 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9233 }
9234
9235 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9236 expressions. */
9237
9238 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9239 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9240 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9241 {
9242 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9243
9244 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9245 ret->globals.list = globals;
9246 ret->locals.list = locals;
9247 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9248 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9249 return ret;
9250 }
9251
9252 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9253
9254 static int version_index;
9255
9256 static hashval_t
9257 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9258 {
9259 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9260 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9261
9262 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9263 }
9264
9265 static int
9266 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9267 {
9268 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9269 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9270 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9271 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9272
9273 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9274 }
9275
9276 static void
9277 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9278 {
9279 size_t count = 0;
9280 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9281 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9282
9283 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9284 {
9285 if (e->literal)
9286 count++;
9287 head->mask |= e->mask;
9288 }
9289
9290 if (count)
9291 {
9292 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9293 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9294 list_loc = &head->list;
9295 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9296 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9297 {
9298 next = e->next;
9299 if (!e->literal)
9300 {
9301 *remaining_loc = e;
9302 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9303 }
9304 else
9305 {
9306 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9307
9308 if (*loc)
9309 {
9310 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9311
9312 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9313 last = NULL;
9314 do
9315 {
9316 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9317 {
9318 last = NULL;
9319 break;
9320 }
9321 last = e1;
9322 e1 = e1->next;
9323 }
9324 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9325
9326 if (last == NULL)
9327 {
9328 /* This is a duplicate. */
9329 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9330 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9331 /* free (e->pattern); */
9332 free (e);
9333 }
9334 else
9335 {
9336 e->next = last->next;
9337 last->next = e;
9338 }
9339 }
9340 else
9341 {
9342 *loc = e;
9343 *list_loc = e;
9344 list_loc = &e->next;
9345 }
9346 }
9347 }
9348 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9349 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9350 }
9351 else
9352 head->remaining = head->list;
9353 }
9354
9355 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9356 version. */
9357
9358 void
9359 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9360 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9361 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9362 {
9363 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9364 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9365
9366 if (name == NULL)
9367 name = "";
9368
9369 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9370 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9371 {
9372 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9373 " with other version tags\n"));
9374 free (version);
9375 return;
9376 }
9377
9378 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9379 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9380 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9381 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9382
9383 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9384 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9385
9386 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9387 aren't any duplicates. */
9388
9389 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9390 {
9391 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9392 {
9393 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9394
9395 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9396 {
9397 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9398 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9399 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9400 {
9401 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9402 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9403 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9404 e2 = e2->next;
9405 }
9406 }
9407 else if (!e1->literal)
9408 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9409 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9410 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9411 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9412 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9413 }
9414 }
9415
9416 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9417 {
9418 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9419 {
9420 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9421
9422 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9423 {
9424 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9425 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9426 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9427 {
9428 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9429 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9430 " in version information\n"),
9431 e1->pattern);
9432 e2 = e2->next;
9433 }
9434 }
9435 else if (!e1->literal)
9436 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9437 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9438 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9439 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9440 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9441 }
9442 }
9443
9444 version->deps = deps;
9445 version->name = name;
9446 if (name[0] != '\0')
9447 {
9448 ++version_index;
9449 version->vernum = version_index;
9450 }
9451 else
9452 version->vernum = 0;
9453
9454 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9455 ;
9456 *pp = version;
9457 }
9458
9459 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9460
9461 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9462 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9463 {
9464 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9465 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9466
9467 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9468 ret->next = list;
9469
9470 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9471 {
9472 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9473 {
9474 ret->version_needed = t;
9475 return ret;
9476 }
9477 }
9478
9479 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9480
9481 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9482 return ret;
9483 }
9484
9485 static void
9486 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9487 {
9488 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9489
9490 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9491 {
9492 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9493 char *contents, *p;
9494 bfd_size_type len;
9495
9496 if (sec == NULL)
9497 continue;
9498
9499 len = sec->size;
9500 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9501 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9502 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9503
9504 p = contents;
9505 while (p < contents + len)
9506 {
9507 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
9508 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9509 }
9510
9511 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9512
9513 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9514 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9515 }
9516
9517 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
9518 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9519 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9520 }
9521
9522 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
9523 called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
9524 thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
9525 will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
9526 then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
9527 UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
9528 data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
9529
9530 static void
9531 lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
9532 {
9533 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9534
9535 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9536 {
9537 if (r->origin_exp)
9538 {
9539 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9540 if (update_regions_p)
9541 {
9542 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9543 {
9544 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9545 r->current = r->origin;
9546 }
9547 else
9548 einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9549 r->name_list.name);
9550 }
9551 }
9552 if (r->length_exp)
9553 {
9554 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9555 if (update_regions_p)
9556 {
9557 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9558 r->length = expld.result.value;
9559 else
9560 einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9561 r->name_list.name);
9562 }
9563 }
9564 }
9565 }
9566
9567 void
9568 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9569 {
9570 struct unique_sections *ent;
9571
9572 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9573 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9574 return;
9575
9576 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9577 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9578 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9579 unique_section_list = ent;
9580 }
9581
9582 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9583
9584 void
9585 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9586 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9587 {
9588 if (*list_p)
9589 {
9590 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9591 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9592 ;
9593 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9594 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9595 }
9596 else
9597 {
9598 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9599
9600 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9601 d->head.list = dynamic;
9602 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9603 *list_p = d;
9604 }
9605 }
9606
9607 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9608 one. */
9609
9610 void
9611 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9612 {
9613 const char *symbols[] =
9614 {
9615 "typeinfo name for*",
9616 "typeinfo for*"
9617 };
9618 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9619 unsigned int i;
9620
9621 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9622 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9623 false);
9624
9625 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9626 }
9627
9628 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9629 existing one. */
9630
9631 void
9632 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9633 {
9634 const char *symbols[] =
9635 {
9636 "operator new*",
9637 "operator delete*"
9638 };
9639 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9640 unsigned int i;
9641
9642 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9643 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9644 false);
9645
9646 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9647 }
9648
9649 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9650
9651 void
9652 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9653 {
9654 char *p, *q;
9655
9656 p = str;
9657 while (*p)
9658 {
9659 char sep;
9660 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9661 ++p;
9662 if (!*p)
9663 break;
9664 q = p + 1;
9665 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9666 ++q;
9667 sep = *q;
9668 *q = 0;
9669 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9670 config.sane_expr = true;
9671 else
9672 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9673 *q = sep;
9674 p = q;
9675 }
9676 }
9677
9678 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9679
9680 static void
9681 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9682 {
9683 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9684 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9685 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9686 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9687 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9688 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9689 else
9690 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9691 }
9692
9693 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9694
9695 void
9696 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9697 {
9698 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9699
9700 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9701 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9702 {
9703 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9704
9705 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9706 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9707 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9708
9709 if (r->length != 0)
9710 {
9711 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9712 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9713 }
9714 printf ("\n");
9715 }
9716 }